WO2011065360A1 - Hinge - Google Patents

Hinge Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011065360A1
WO2011065360A1 PCT/JP2010/070885 JP2010070885W WO2011065360A1 WO 2011065360 A1 WO2011065360 A1 WO 2011065360A1 JP 2010070885 W JP2010070885 W JP 2010070885W WO 2011065360 A1 WO2011065360 A1 WO 2011065360A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
opening
connection object
hinge
slider
chamber
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/070885
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
憲一 岡本
勉 勝又
Original Assignee
下西技研工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 下西技研工業株式会社 filed Critical 下西技研工業株式会社
Priority to CN201080053768.5A priority Critical patent/CN102687070B/en
Publication of WO2011065360A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011065360A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00519Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00519Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers
    • H04N1/00551Top covers or the like
    • H04N1/00554Latches or hinges therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00519Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers
    • H04N1/00557Connection or assembly of components or elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00519Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers
    • H04N1/00559Mounting or support of components or elements
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05FDEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
    • E05F1/00Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass
    • E05F1/08Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass spring-actuated, e.g. for horizontally sliding wings
    • E05F1/10Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass spring-actuated, e.g. for horizontally sliding wings for swinging wings, e.g. counterbalance
    • E05F1/12Mechanisms in the shape of hinges or pivots, operated by springs
    • E05F1/1246Mechanisms in the shape of hinges or pivots, operated by springs with a coil spring perpendicular to the pivot axis
    • E05F1/1253Mechanisms in the shape of hinges or pivots, operated by springs with a coil spring perpendicular to the pivot axis with a compression spring
    • E05F1/1261Mechanisms in the shape of hinges or pivots, operated by springs with a coil spring perpendicular to the pivot axis with a compression spring for counterbalancing
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05YINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO HINGES OR OTHER SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS AND DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION, CHECKS FOR WINGS AND WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
    • E05Y2900/00Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof
    • E05Y2900/60Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for other use

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Pivots And Pivotal Connections (AREA)
  • Holders For Sensitive Materials And Originals (AREA)
  • Electrophotography Configuration And Component (AREA)
  • Facsimiles In General (AREA)
  • Facsimile Scanning Arrangements (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a hinge which makes it possible to gently and reliably close a second linked object with respect to a first linked object. A hinge (100) is provided with: a case member (110) which is fixed to a main body corresponding to the first linked object; a pivoting member (120) which is fixed to a document pressing plate corresponding to the second linked object and is also pivotably linked to the case member (110); a first slider (140) which is slidably supported by the case member (110); a first spring (150) for urging the first slider (140); a second slider (160) which is slidably supported by the case member (110); and a second spring (170) for urging the second slider (160). A first cam part (121b) corresponding to the first slider (140) and a second cam part (121c) corresponding to the second slider (160) are formed on the pivoting member (120), and grease is provided in the gap between the second slider (160) and the case member (110).

Description

ヒンジHinge
 本発明は、例えば事務機器の本体に事務機器の原稿圧着板を開閉可能に連結する等、第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジに関する。より詳細には、第二連結対象物を第一連結対象物に対して緩やかかつ確実に閉じる技術に関する。 The present invention relates to a hinge that connects a second connection object to a first connection object so as to be openable and closable, for example, to connect a document crimping plate of the office equipment to the main body of the office equipment. More specifically, the present invention relates to a technique for gradually and reliably closing a second connection object with respect to the first connection object.
 従来、複写機、ファクシミリ、スキャナー等、オフィスで使用される事務機器の多くは、その本体の上面に原稿読み取り部(コンタクトガラス)が設けられるとともに、当該原稿読み取り部を覆う原稿圧着板が設けられる。
 原稿圧着板は、原稿読み取り部に載置された原稿を原稿読み取り部に密着させるとともに原稿読み取り部に対する原稿の位置を保持するものであり、一般的には原稿圧着板の端部がヒンジにより事務機器の本体の上面の端部に回動可能に連結される。
Conventionally, many office machines used in offices such as copying machines, facsimile machines, and scanners are provided with a document reading section (contact glass) on the upper surface of the main body and a document crimping plate that covers the document reading section. .
The document crimping plate is used for bringing the document placed on the document reading unit into close contact with the document reading unit and holding the position of the document with respect to the document reading unit. It is rotatably connected to the end of the upper surface of the main body of the device.
 このような原稿圧着板は、原稿を原稿読み取り部に密着させるためにある程度の重量を要する。また、原稿圧着板に原稿自動送り装置(Auto Document Feeder;ADF)が設けられている場合、原稿圧着板の重量は更に増大する。
 従って、従来の事務機器の本体と原稿圧着板とを連結するヒンジは、事務機器の本体に固定される取り付け部材と原稿圧着板に固定される支持部材との間にバネを介装し、当該バネの付勢力で原稿圧着板の重量を支えることにより、事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度(開閉角度)を任意の角度で保持し、ひいては作業者が原稿圧着板を回動(開閉)させて原稿読み取り部へ原稿を載置する作業を容易にしている。例えば、以下に示す特許文献1に記載の如くである。
Such a document pressing plate requires a certain amount of weight in order to bring the document into close contact with the document reading unit. In addition, when an automatic document feeder (ADF) is provided on the original pressure plate, the weight of the original pressure plate further increases.
Therefore, the conventional hinge for connecting the main body of the office equipment and the original pressure plate has a spring interposed between an attachment member fixed to the main body of the office equipment and a support member fixed to the original pressure plate. By supporting the weight of the document crimping plate with the biasing force of the spring, the rotation angle (opening / closing angle) of the document crimping plate with respect to the main body of the office equipment is maintained at an arbitrary angle, and the operator rotates the document crimping plate (as a result) The operation of placing the document on the document reading unit is facilitated. For example, it is as described in Patent Document 1 shown below.
 また、上記ヒンジの多くは事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度が所定の閾値以下では回動角度が変化してもバネの圧縮量が同じとなるようにヒンジにおけるバネとの当接部(カム)の形状を工夫することにより、原稿圧着板を完全に閉じる(原稿圧着板を本体の上面に当接させる)ことを可能とする。
 しかし、原稿圧着板の重量が大きい場合、事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度が所定の値以下となった時点で原稿圧着板が勢いよく落下し、事務機器の本体に衝突するおそれがある。
In many of the hinges described above, when the rotation angle of the document crimping plate with respect to the main body of the office equipment is equal to or less than a predetermined threshold value, the amount of spring compression is the same even if the rotation angle changes so that the amount of spring compression is the same. By devising the shape of the portion (cam), it is possible to completely close the original cover (contact the original cover with the upper surface of the main body).
However, if the weight of the original pressure plate is large, the original pressure plate may drop sharply and collide with the main body of the office device when the rotation angle of the original pressure plate relative to the main body of the office device falls below a predetermined value. There is.
 このような問題を解消するヒンジ(原稿圧着板開閉装置)としては、事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度が所定の角度以下となった場合に流体ダンパが作用することにより原稿圧着板の落下を緩やかにするものが知られている。例えば、以下に示す特許文献2に記載の如くである。
 しかし、特許文献2に記載のヒンジに設けられる流体ダンパの構造は複雑であり、部品点数も多く、製造コストの観点から見て好ましくない。
As a hinge (document crimping plate opening and closing device) that solves such problems, the document crimping plate is actuated by the fluid damper acting when the rotation angle of the document crimping plate with respect to the main body of the office equipment becomes a predetermined angle or less. It is known to slow down the fall of For example, it is as described in Patent Document 2 shown below.
However, the structure of the fluid damper provided in the hinge described in Patent Document 2 is complicated, has a large number of parts, and is not preferable from the viewpoint of manufacturing cost.
 上記の如き流体ダンパを用いることなく事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度が所定の角度以下のときに原稿圧着板の落下を緩やかにするヒンジ(原稿圧着板開閉装置)としては、以下に示す特許文献3に記載のヒンジが知られている。
 特許文献3に記載のヒンジは、事務機器の本体に固定される取り付け部材と、取り付け部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに事務機器の原稿圧着板に固定される支持部材と、一端部が支持部材に固定されるバネと、バネの他端部に固定されるとともに支持部材に摺動可能に支持され、取り付け部材に設けられたカムに当接するスライダと、を具備し、スライダにおいて支持部材に対向する部分に凸条および溝を交互に形成するとともに支持部材においてスライダに対向する部分に凸条および溝を交互に形成し、スライダに形成された凸条を支持部材に形成された溝に収容し、支持部材に形成された凸条をスライダに形成された溝に収容し、これらの凸条と溝との隙間にグリスを充填することによりグリスの粘性抵抗を利用して原稿圧着板の落下を緩やかにする。
As a hinge (document pressure plate opening / closing device) that gently drops the document pressure plate when the rotation angle of the document pressure plate relative to the main body of the office equipment is equal to or less than a predetermined angle without using the fluid damper as described above, A hinge described in Patent Document 3 is known.
The hinge described in Patent Document 3 has an attachment member fixed to the main body of the office equipment, a support member rotatably connected to the attachment member and fixed to the original pressure plate of the office equipment, and one end supported A spring fixed to the member, and a slider fixed to the other end of the spring and slidably supported by the support member, and abutting a cam provided on the attachment member. Convex ridges and grooves are alternately formed on the facing portions, and ridges and grooves are alternately formed on the support member facing the slider, and the ridges formed on the slider are accommodated in the grooves formed on the support member. Then, the ridges formed on the support member are accommodated in the grooves formed on the slider, and the gap between the ridges and the grooves is filled with grease, so that the original crimping plate is dropped using the viscous resistance of the grease. The to slow.
 しかし、特許文献3に記載のヒンジは、事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度が所定の角度以下のときには支持部材に対するスライダの移動量(摺動量)がゼロになる、または非常に小さくなるため、原稿圧着板の落下を緩やかにするためにグリスの粘性抵抗を有効に使うことが困難である。
特開2007-212910号公報 特開2006-133532号公報 特開2003-295355号公報
However, the hinge described in Patent Document 3 has zero or very small slider movement (sliding amount) with respect to the support member when the rotation angle of the original pressure plate relative to the main body of the office equipment is equal to or smaller than a predetermined angle. For this reason, it is difficult to effectively use the viscous resistance of the grease in order to moderate the fall of the original cover.
JP 2007-212910 A JP 2006-133532 A JP 2003-295355 A
 本発明は以上の如き状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、第二連結対象物を第一連結対象物に対して緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能なヒンジを提供するものである。 The present invention has been made in view of the situation as described above, and provides a hinge capable of gently and surely closing a second connection target with respect to the first connection target.
 本発明の解決しようとする課題は以上の如くであり、次にこの課題を解決するための手段を説明する。 The problems to be solved by the present invention are as described above. Next, means for solving the problems will be described.
 即ち、請求項1においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室および第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジである。
That is, in claim 1,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first storage chamber having a first opening and a second storage chamber having a second opening are formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
It is a hinge in which a viscous body is arrange | positioned in the clearance gap between said 2nd slide member and the internal peripheral surface of said 2nd storage chamber.
 請求項2においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 2,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the movement amount of the second slide member relative to the first wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項3においては、
 前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の周方向に並んで配置され、
 前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の周方向に並んで配置されるものである。
In claim 3,
The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
The first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft.
 請求項4においては、
 前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置され、
 前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置されるものである。
In claim 4,
The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
The first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation shaft.
 請求項5においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主開口部を有する主収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 副開口部を有する副収容室が形成され、前記主収容室に収容され、前記主収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記主開口部から突出する方向および前記主収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記主収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記主開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記副収容室に収容され、前記副収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記副開口部から突出する方向および前記副収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記副収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記副開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記副収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるものである。
In claim 5,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first wing member formed with a main accommodating chamber having a main opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
A sub-accommodating chamber having a sub-opening is formed, is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber, and enters the main accommodating chamber in a direction protruding from the main opening while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the main accommodating chamber. A first slide member movable in a direction;
A first biasing member housed in the main housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the main opening;
A second slide member accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening and a direction of immersing in the sub-accommodating chamber while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber;
A second biasing member housed in the sub-accommodating chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the sub-opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A viscous body is disposed in the gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber.
 請求項6においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一スライド部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 6,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first slide member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項7においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
 前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるものである。
In claim 7,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first housing member having a first opening is formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member having a second opening is formed, is fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object, and is rotatably connected to the first wing member. When,
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
The first wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A viscous body is disposed in the gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
 請求項8においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第二ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 8,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the second wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項9においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主ヒンジ部材と、
 前記主ヒンジ部材に対して別体となる副ヒンジ部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記主ヒンジ部材は、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一主ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一主ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二主ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二主ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
 前記副ヒンジ部材は、
 第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一副ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一副ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二副ウイング部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二副ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジである。
In claim 9,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A main hinge member;
A sub hinge member separate from the main hinge member;
Comprising
The main hinge member is
A first main wing member formed with a first storage chamber having a first opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second main wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first main wing member;
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
Comprising
The second main wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
The sub hinge member is
A second sub-wing member formed with a second storage chamber having a second opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second sub wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first sub wing member;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second sub wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
It is a hinge in which a viscous body is arrange | positioned in the clearance gap between said 2nd slide member and the internal peripheral surface of said 2nd storage chamber.
 請求項10においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一副ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一主ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 10,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first sub wing member per rotation angle is that of the first slide member relative to the first main wing member. It is larger than the movement amount per rotation angle.
 請求項11においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室および第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するものである。
In claim 11,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first storage chamber having a first opening and a second storage chamber having a second opening are formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A frictional force is generated at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
 請求項12においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 12,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the movement amount of the second slide member relative to the first wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項13においては、
 前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の周方向に並んで配置され、
 前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の周方向に並んで配置されるものである。
In claim 13,
The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
The first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft.
 請求項14においては、
 前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置され、
 前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置されるものである。
In claim 14,
The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
The first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation shaft.
 請求項15においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主開口部を有する主収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 副開口部を有する副収容室が形成され、前記主収容室に収容され、前記主収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記主開口部から突出する方向および前記主収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記主収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記主開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記副収容室に収容され、前記副収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記副開口部から突出する方向および前記副収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記副収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記副開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するものである。
In claim 15,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first wing member formed with a main accommodating chamber having a main opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
A sub-accommodating chamber having a sub-opening is formed, is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber, and enters the main accommodating chamber in a direction protruding from the main opening while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the main accommodating chamber. A first slide member movable in a direction;
A first biasing member housed in the main housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the main opening;
A second slide member accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening and a direction of immersing in the sub-accommodating chamber while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber;
A second biasing member housed in the sub-accommodating chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the sub-opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A frictional force is generated at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
 請求項16においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一スライド部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 16,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first slide member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項17においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
 第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
 前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するものである。
In claim 17,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A first housing member having a first opening is formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second wing member having a second opening is formed, is fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object, and is rotatably connected to the first wing member. When,
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
The first wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A frictional force is generated at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
 請求項18においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第二ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 18,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the second wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. It is larger than the amount of movement per angle.
 請求項19においては、
 第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主ヒンジ部材と、
 前記主ヒンジ部材に対して別体となる副ヒンジ部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記主ヒンジ部材は、
 第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一主ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一主ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二主ウイング部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
 前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二主ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
 前記副ヒンジ部材は、
 第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一副ウイング部材と、
 前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一副ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二副ウイング部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
 前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
 を具備し、
 前記第二副ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
 前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するものである。
In claim 19,
A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
A main hinge member;
A sub hinge member separate from the main hinge member;
Comprising
The main hinge member is
A first main wing member formed with a first storage chamber having a first opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second main wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first main wing member;
A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
Comprising
The second main wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
The sub hinge member is
A second sub-wing member formed with a second storage chamber having a second opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
A second sub wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first sub wing member;
A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
Comprising
The second sub wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
A frictional force is generated at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
 請求項20においては、
 前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一副ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一主ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きいものである。
In claim 20,
When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first sub wing member per rotation angle is that of the first slide member relative to the first main wing member. It is larger than the movement amount per rotation angle.
 本発明は、第二連結対象物を第一連結対象物に対して緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である、という効果を奏する。 The present invention has an effect that it is possible to close the second connection object slowly and surely with respect to the first connection object.
本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を備える複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows a multifunctional machine provided with 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す正面図。The front view which shows 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 原稿圧着板が完全に閉じたときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。FIG. 3 is a right side cross-sectional view showing the first embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when the original cover is completely closed. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態のケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the case member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の回動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the rotation member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の回動ピンを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the rotation pin of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の第一スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 1st slider of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の第二スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd slider of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 原稿圧着板が開いたときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a first embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when a manuscript press board opens. 原稿圧着板がフリーストップ領域から落下領域に移行したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a first embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when a manuscript press board shifts from a free stop field to a fall field. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を備える事務機器の原稿圧着板の落下領域およびフリーストップ領域を示す右側面図。The right view which shows the fall area | region and free stop area | region of the original document crimping board of office equipment provided with 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の回動角度と第一スライダの位置との関係を示す図。The figure which shows the relationship between the rotation angle of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, and the position of a 1st slider. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の回動角度と第二スライダの位置との関係を示す図。The figure which shows the relationship between the rotation angle of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, and the position of a 2nd slider. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の回動角度と第一スライダおよび第二スライダの回動角度当たりの移動量との関係を示す図。The figure which shows the relationship between the rotation angle of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, and the movement amount per rotation angle of a 1st slider and a 2nd slider. 第二カム部および第二スライド部材の当接の有無と第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動角度との関係を示す図。The figure which shows the relationship between the presence or absence of contact of a 2nd cam part and a 2nd slide member, and the rotation angle of the 2nd wing member with respect to a 1st wing member. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を備える複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows a multifunctional machine provided with 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す正面図。The front view which shows 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す平面図。The top view which shows 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 図21のX-X矢視断面図。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX of FIG. 図21のY-Y矢視断面図。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view taken along line YY in FIG. 21. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態のケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the case member of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態の回動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the rotation member of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態の第一スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 1st slider of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態の第二スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd slider of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態における第二スライダの別実施形態を示す右側面断面図。Sectional drawing on the right side which shows another embodiment of the 2nd slider in 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を備える複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows a multifunctional machine provided with 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す正面図。The front view which shows 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す平面図。The top view which shows 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 図33のX-X矢視断面図。FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX of FIG. 図33のY-Y矢視断面図。FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along line YY in FIG. 33. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態のケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the case member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の回動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the rotation member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の第一スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 1st slider of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 同じく本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の第一スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which similarly shows the 1st slider of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の第二スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd slider of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を備える複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows a multifunction machine provided with 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す正面図。The front view which shows 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す平面図。The top view which shows 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 図45のX-X矢視断面図。FIG. 46 is a sectional view taken along arrow XX in FIG. 45. 図45のY-Y矢視断面図。FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view taken along line YY in FIG. 45. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の第一ケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 1st case member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の第二ケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd case member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の第二スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd slider of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態を備える複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows a multifunctional machine provided with 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態を備える複合機を示す正面図。The front view which shows a multifunctional machine provided with 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主ヒンジ部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the main hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主ヒンジ部材を示す正面図。The front view which shows the main hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主ヒンジ部材を示す平面図。The top view which shows the main hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主ヒンジ部材を示す右側面図。The right view which shows the main hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 図56のX-X矢視断面図。FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow XX in FIG. 56. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主ケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the main case member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の主回動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the main rotation member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副ヒンジ部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the sub hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副ヒンジ部材を示す正面図。The front view which shows the sub hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副ヒンジ部材を示す平面図。The top view which shows the sub hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副ヒンジ部材を示す右側面図。The right view which shows the sub hinge member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 図63のY-Y矢視断面図。FIG. 64 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow YY in FIG. 63. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副ケース部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the subcase member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態の副回動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the subrotation member of 5th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention.
 11   複合機
 12   本体(第一連結対象物)
 13   原稿圧着板(第二連結対象物)
 100  ヒンジ(第一実施形態)
 110  ケース部材(第一ウイング部材)
 118  第一収容室
 118a 第一開口部
 119  第二収容室
 119a 第二開口部
 120  回動部材(第二ウイング部材)
 121b 第一カム部
 121c 第二カム部
 130  回動ピン(回動軸)
 140  第一スライダ(第一スライド部材)
 150  第一バネ(第一付勢部材)
 160  第二スライダ(第二スライド部材)
 170  第二バネ(第二付勢部材)
11 MFP 12 Main body (first connection object)
13 Document pressure plate (second connection object)
100 Hinge (first embodiment)
110 Case member (first wing member)
118 1st accommodating chamber 118a 1st opening part 119 2nd accommodating chamber 119a 2nd opening part 120 Rotating member (2nd wing member)
121b First cam portion 121c Second cam portion 130 Rotating pin (Rotating shaft)
140 First slider (first slide member)
150 First spring (first biasing member)
160 Second slider (second slide member)
170 Second spring (second biasing member)
 以下では図1から図17を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態であるヒンジ100について説明する。 Hereinafter, the hinge 100 which is the first embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 17.
 図1および図13に示す如く、ヒンジ100は複合機11の本体12に原稿圧着板13を回動可能に連結する。
 複合機11は事務機器の実施の一形態である。複合機11は本体12および原稿圧着板13を具備する。
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 13, the hinge 100 connects the original cover 13 to the main body 12 of the multifunction machine 11 so as to be rotatable.
The multifunction machine 11 is an embodiment of office equipment. The multi-function device 11 includes a main body 12 and a document pressing plate 13.
 本体12は本発明に係る第一連結対象物の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の本体12は原稿読み取り装置、制御装置、印刷装置、表示装置および入力装置を具備する。
 本実施形態の原稿読み取り装置は本体12の上面に配置される。原稿読み取り装置は本体12の上面に載置された原稿を読み取る(原稿の画像情報を生成する)。
 本実施形態の制御装置は複合機11の各部の動作、より詳細には原稿読み取り装置、後述する印刷装置および後述するADFの動作を制御する。
 また、制御装置は原稿読み取り装置が生成した画像情報および本体12に接続された回線(インターネット回線等)を通じて取得した画像情報を記憶することが可能である。
 本実施形態の印刷装置は原稿読み取り装置の下方に配置される。印刷装置は制御装置が記憶した画像情報に基づいて紙に画像を印刷する。
 本実施形態の表示装置は例えば液晶パネルからなり、複合機11の動作状況等に係る情報を表示する。
 本実施形態の入力装置は例えばボタン、スイッチ等からなり、作業者が複合機11に対する指示等を入力する際に操作するものである。表示装置および入力装置は本体12の上面前端部に配置される。
The main body 12 is an embodiment of the first connection object according to the present invention.
The main body 12 of this embodiment includes a document reading device, a control device, a printing device, a display device, and an input device.
The document reading apparatus of this embodiment is disposed on the upper surface of the main body 12. The document reading device reads a document placed on the upper surface of the main body 12 (generates image information of the document).
The control device according to the present embodiment controls the operation of each unit of the multifunction machine 11, more specifically, the operation of the document reading device, the printing device described later, and the ADF described later.
Further, the control device can store the image information generated by the document reading device and the image information acquired through a line (Internet line or the like) connected to the main body 12.
The printing apparatus of this embodiment is disposed below the document reading apparatus. The printing device prints an image on paper based on the image information stored by the control device.
The display device according to the present embodiment includes, for example, a liquid crystal panel, and displays information related to the operation status of the multifunction machine 11.
The input device according to the present embodiment includes, for example, a button and a switch, and is operated when an operator inputs an instruction or the like to the multifunction machine 11. The display device and the input device are disposed at the front end portion of the upper surface of the main body 12.
 原稿圧着板13は本発明に係る第二連結対象物の実施の一形態である。
 原稿圧着板13は原稿読み取り装置の上に載置された原稿を原稿読み取り装置に向かって押さえつける(圧着する)ことにより、原稿読み取り装置が原稿を読み取る際に原稿が動く(原稿読み取り装置との相対的な位置が変化する)ことを防止する。
 本実施形態の原稿圧着板は読取前原稿収容トレイ、ADF(Auto Document Feeder)および読取後原稿収容トレイを具備する。
 本実施形態のADFは読取前原稿収容トレイに積層状態で収容された複数枚の原稿を一枚ずつ順に取り出して原稿読み取り装置の上の所定の読取位置に載置し、原稿読み取り装置による原稿の読み取りが終了した後、当該読取位置に載置された原稿を読取後原稿収容トレイに搬送する。
The document pressing plate 13 is an embodiment of the second connection object according to the present invention.
The document crimping plate 13 presses (crimps) the document placed on the document reading device toward the document reading device, so that the document moves when the document reading device reads the document (relative to the document reading device). Change of the general position).
The document pressing plate of this embodiment includes a document storage tray before reading, an ADF (Auto Document Feeder), and a document storage tray after scanning.
The ADF according to the present embodiment sequentially takes out a plurality of documents stored in a stacked state on a document storage tray before reading one by one and places them at a predetermined reading position on the document reading device. After the reading is completed, the document placed at the reading position is conveyed to the document storage tray after reading.
 「事務機器」は、少なくとも原稿を読み取る(原稿の画像情報を取得する)機能を具備する装置を指す。
 事務機器の具体例としては、(a)原稿を読み取る機能および読み取った原稿に係る画像情報を他の機器(例えば、パーソナルコンピュータ)に送信する機能を具備するスキャナー、(b)原稿を読み取る機能、読み取った原稿に係る画像情報を通信回線を介して他の機器に送信する機能および他の機器から取得した画像情報をプリントアウトする機能を具備するファクス、(c)原稿を読み取る機能および読み取った原稿に係る画像情報をプリントアウトする機能を具備するコピー機、(d)上記スキャナー、ファクス、およびコピー機としての機能を兼ねる複合機、等が挙げられる。
“Office equipment” refers to an apparatus having at least a function of reading a document (acquiring image information of the document).
Specific examples of office equipment include: (a) a scanner having a function of reading a document and a function of transmitting image information relating to the read document to another device (for example, a personal computer); (b) a function of reading a document; A fax machine having a function of transmitting image information related to a read document to another device via a communication line and a function of printing out image information acquired from the other device; (c) a function of reading the document and the read document A copying machine having a function of printing out image information according to the above, and (d) a multifunction machine that also functions as a scanner, a fax, and a copying machine.
 本実施形態のヒンジ100は複合機11の本体12に原稿圧着板13を回動可能に連結する用途に用いられるが、本発明に係るヒンジの用途はこれに限定されない。
 すなわち、本発明に係るヒンジは、「二つの部材の一方(第一連結対象物)に他方(第二連結対象物)を開閉可能に連結する用途」に広く適用可能である。
 本発明に係るヒンジが適用される他の用途の具体例としては、事務機器の本体にトナーカートリッジを交換するためのハッチ(蓋)を開閉可能に連結する用途、自動車の車体にボンネットを開閉可能に連結する用途、便器に便座を開閉可能に連結する用途、等が挙げられる。
The hinge 100 according to the present embodiment is used for the purpose of pivotally connecting the document pressing plate 13 to the main body 12 of the multifunction machine 11, but the use of the hinge according to the present invention is not limited to this.
That is, the hinge according to the present invention can be widely applied to “uses for connecting one of the two members (first connection object) to the other (second connection object) so as to be openable and closable”.
Specific examples of other applications to which the hinge according to the present invention is applied include applications in which a hatch (lid) for exchanging a toner cartridge is connected to a main body of an office device so as to be opened and closed, and a hood can be opened and closed on a car body Use for connecting to the toilet, use for connecting the toilet seat to the toilet so that it can be opened and closed, and the like.
 図2から図5に示す如く、ヒンジ100はケース部材110、回動部材120、回動ピン130、第一スライダ140、第一バネ150、第二スライダ160および第二バネ170を具備する。 2 to 5, the hinge 100 includes a case member 110, a rotating member 120, a rotating pin 130, a first slider 140, a first spring 150, a second slider 160, and a second spring 170.
 ケース部材110は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態のケース部材110は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図6に示す如く、ケース部材110は前面部111、後面部112、左側面部113、右側面部114、底面部115、仕切部116および突出部117を有する。
Case member 110 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention.
The case member 110 of the present embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 6, the case member 110 includes a front surface portion 111, a rear surface portion 112, a left side surface portion 113, a right side surface portion 114, a bottom surface portion 115, a partition portion 116, and a protruding portion 117.
 前面部111、後面部112、左側面部113、右側面部114および底面部115はそれぞれケース部材110の前面、後面、左側面、右側面および底面を成す部分である。
 本実施形態の前面部111、後面部112、左側面部113および右側面部114は上下に長く、下方に向かって僅かに先細った細長い四角錐台形状の板であり、底面部115は概ね正方形状の板である。
 前面部111の左端部は左側面部113の前端部に繋がっており、前面部111の右端部は右側面部114の前端部に繋がっている。
 後面部112の左端部は左側面部113の後端部に繋がっており、後面部112の右端部は右側面部114の後端部に繋がっている。
 底面部115の前端部、後端部、左端部および右端部は、それぞれ前面部111の下端部、後面部112の下端部、左側面部113の下端部および右側面部114の下端部に繋がっている。
 従って、ケース部材110は上面(天井面)が開口した上下に長い概ね直方体形状の箱を成し、ケース部材110の内部には空間が形成される。
 左側面部113の上端部および右側面部114の上端部は、前面部111の上端部および後面部112の上端部よりも上方に突出している。
 左側面部113の上端部かつ後端部となる位置には貫通孔113aが形成され、右側面部114の上端部かつ後端部となる位置には貫通孔114aが形成される。
The front surface portion 111, the rear surface portion 112, the left side surface portion 113, the right side surface portion 114, and the bottom surface portion 115 are portions forming the front surface, the rear surface, the left side surface, the right side surface, and the bottom surface of the case member 110, respectively.
In the present embodiment, the front surface portion 111, the rear surface portion 112, the left side surface portion 113, and the right side surface portion 114 are elongated rectangular pyramid shaped plates that are long in the vertical direction and slightly tapered downward, and the bottom surface portion 115 is substantially square. It is a board.
The left end portion of the front surface portion 111 is connected to the front end portion of the left side surface portion 113, and the right end portion of the front surface portion 111 is connected to the front end portion of the right side surface portion 114.
The left end portion of the rear surface portion 112 is connected to the rear end portion of the left side surface portion 113, and the right end portion of the rear surface portion 112 is connected to the rear end portion of the right side surface portion 114.
The front end portion, rear end portion, left end portion, and right end portion of the bottom surface portion 115 are connected to the lower end portion of the front surface portion 111, the lower end portion of the rear surface portion 112, the lower end portion of the left side surface portion 113, and the lower end portion of the right side surface portion 114, respectively. .
Accordingly, the case member 110 forms a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box whose upper surface (ceiling surface) is open at the top and bottom, and a space is formed inside the case member 110.
The upper end portion of the left side surface portion 113 and the upper end portion of the right side surface portion 114 protrude upward from the upper end portion of the front surface portion 111 and the upper end portion of the rear surface portion 112.
A through hole 113a is formed at a position that becomes the upper end portion and the rear end portion of the left side surface portion 113, and a through hole 114a is formed at a position that becomes the upper end portion and rear end portion of the right side surface portion 114.
 仕切部116はケース部材110の内部の空間(前面部111、後面部112、左側面部113、右側面部114および底面部115で囲まれる空間)に配置される上下方向に長い板状の部分である。
 仕切部116の左端部は左側面部113の内側の板面(右面)のやや後方寄りとなる位置に繋がっており、仕切部116の右端部は右側面部114の内側の板面(左面)のやや後方寄りとなる位置に繋がっており、仕切部116の下端部は底面部115の内側の板面(上面)のやや後方寄りとなる位置に繋がっている。
 従って、ケース部材110の内部の空間は、上方に向かって開口するとともに仕切部116により前後に二分割される。
The partition 116 is a plate-like portion that is long in the vertical direction and is disposed in a space inside the case member 110 (a space surrounded by the front surface 111, the rear surface 112, the left side 113, the right side 114, and the bottom 115). .
The left end of the partition 116 is connected to a position slightly rearward of the inner plate surface (right surface) of the left side 113, and the right end of the partition 116 is slightly of the inner plate (left) of the right side 114. The lower end portion of the partition 116 is connected to a position slightly rearward of the plate surface (upper surface) inside the bottom surface 115.
Therefore, the space inside the case member 110 opens upward and is divided into two parts by the partition 116.
 第一収容室118は本発明に係る第一収容室の実施の一形態である。第一収容室118は仕切部116により前後に二分割されたケース部材110の内部の空間のうち、前側の空間である。
 第一収容室118の上部は開口しており、当該開口している部分が第一開口部118aを成す。すなわち、第一収容室118は第一開口部118aを有する。第一開口部118aは本発明に係る第一開口部の実施の一形態である。
The first storage chamber 118 is an embodiment of the first storage chamber according to the present invention. The first storage chamber 118 is a space on the front side of the space inside the case member 110 that is divided into two front and rear portions by the partition 116.
The upper part of the first storage chamber 118 is open, and the opened part forms the first opening 118a. That is, the first storage chamber 118 has a first opening 118a. The first opening 118a is an embodiment of the first opening according to the present invention.
 第二収容室119は本発明に係る第二収容室の実施の一形態である。第二収容室119は仕切部116により前後に二分割されたケース部材110の内部の空間のうち、後側の空間である。
 第二収容室119の上部は開口しており、当該開口している部分が第二開口部119aを成す。すなわち、第二収容室119は第二開口部119aを有する。第二開口部119aは本発明に係る第二開口部の実施の一形態である。
The second storage chamber 119 is an embodiment of the second storage chamber according to the present invention. The second storage chamber 119 is a space on the rear side of the space inside the case member 110 that is divided into two in the front-rear direction by the partition 116.
The upper part of the second storage chamber 119 is open, and the open part forms a second opening 119a. That is, the second storage chamber 119 has a second opening 119a. The second opening 119a is an embodiment of the second opening according to the present invention.
 突出部117は板状の部分である。突出部117の一端部は後面部112の外側の板面(後面)に繋がっており、突出部117の他端部は後面部112の外側の板面(後面)の後方に突出している。
 突出部117には、突出部117の上下の板面を貫通する貫通孔117aが形成される。
The protruding portion 117 is a plate-like portion. One end of the projecting portion 117 is connected to the outer plate surface (rear surface) of the rear surface portion 112, and the other end portion of the projecting portion 117 projects rearward of the outer plate surface (rear surface) of the rear surface portion 112.
The protrusion 117 is formed with a through hole 117 a that penetrates the upper and lower plate surfaces of the protrusion 117.
 本実施形態では、本体12の上面後端部に形成された平面視略正方形状の穴(不図示)にケース部材110を嵌装し、貫通孔117aに貫装されたネジ(不図示)を本体12に形成されたネジ穴に螺装することにより、ケース部材110が本体12に固定される(図1参照)。 In the present embodiment, the case member 110 is fitted into a hole (not shown) having a substantially square shape in plan view formed at the rear end portion of the upper surface of the main body 12, and a screw (not shown) inserted through the through hole 117 a is used. The case member 110 is fixed to the main body 12 by being screwed into a screw hole formed in the main body 12 (see FIG. 1).
 回動部材120は本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の回動部材120は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図5および図7に示す如く、回動部材120は胴体部121および取り付け部122を有する。
The rotating member 120 is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention.
The rotating member 120 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 5 and 7, the rotating member 120 has a body portion 121 and an attachment portion 122.
 胴体部121は回動部材120の胴体を成す部分である。本実施形態の胴体部121は前面の上下中途部から下面を経て後面の下端部までを繋ぐ滑らかな曲面が形成された塊状の部分である。
 胴体部121には貫通孔121aが形成される。貫通孔121aは胴体部121の左側面の後部から右側面の後部までを貫通する孔である。
 胴体部121には第一カム部121bおよび第二カム部121cが形成される。
 第一カム部121bは本発明に係る第一カム部の実施の一形態であり、第二カム部121cは本発明に係る第二カム部の実施の一形態である。
 第一カム部121bは胴体部121に形成された曲面のうち、下面の前後中央部から下面の後端部までに対応する部分である。
 第二カム部121cは胴体部121に形成された曲面のうち、下面の後端部から後面の下端部までに対応する部分である。
The body part 121 is a part forming the body of the rotating member 120. The body part 121 of this embodiment is a lump-like part formed with a smooth curved surface that connects the upper and lower halfway part of the front surface to the lower end part of the rear surface through the lower surface.
A through hole 121 a is formed in the body portion 121. The through-hole 121a is a hole that penetrates from the rear part of the left side surface of the body part 121 to the rear part of the right side surface.
The body part 121 is formed with a first cam part 121b and a second cam part 121c.
The first cam portion 121b is an embodiment of the first cam portion according to the present invention, and the second cam portion 121c is an embodiment of the second cam portion according to the present invention.
The first cam portion 121b is a portion of the curved surface formed on the body portion 121 that corresponds to the front and rear center portion of the lower surface to the rear end portion of the lower surface.
The 2nd cam part 121c is a part corresponding to from the rear-end part of a lower surface to the lower end part of a rear surface among the curved surfaces formed in the trunk | drum 121. FIG.
 図5および図7に示す如く、本実施形態では、第一カム部121bの後端部および第二カム部121cの前端部が重複している。すなわち、第一カム部121bの後端部は第二カム部121cの前端部としての機能を兼ねる。
 このように、本発明に係る第一ウイング部材および第二ウイング部材の形状によっては、本発明に係る第一カム部および第二カム部が互いに完全に分離されていなくても良い(第一カム部の一部および第二カム部の一部が重複しても良い)。
As shown in FIGS. 5 and 7, in this embodiment, the rear end portion of the first cam portion 121b and the front end portion of the second cam portion 121c overlap. That is, the rear end portion of the first cam portion 121b also functions as the front end portion of the second cam portion 121c.
Thus, depending on the shape of the first wing member and the second wing member according to the present invention, the first cam portion and the second cam portion according to the present invention may not be completely separated from each other (the first cam). Part of the part and part of the second cam part may overlap).
 図2および図7に示す如く、取り付け部122は平面視で概ね長方形状の一対の板面を上面および下面として有する板状の部分である。取り付け部122の左右中央部は胴体部121の上端部に繋がっており、取り付け部122の左端部および右端部はそれぞれ胴体部121の左側方および右側方に突出している。
 取り付け部122の四隅(左前端部、右前端部、左後端部、右後端部)には貫通孔122a・122a・122a・122aが形成される。
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 7, the attachment portion 122 is a plate-like portion having a pair of generally rectangular plate surfaces as a top surface and a bottom surface in plan view. The left and right central portions of the attachment portion 122 are connected to the upper end portion of the body portion 121, and the left end portion and the right end portion of the attachment portion 122 protrude to the left side and the right side of the body portion 121, respectively.
Through holes 122 a, 122 a, 122 a, and 122 a are formed at four corners (left front end, right front end, left rear end, and right rear end) of the attachment portion 122.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔122a・122a・122a・122aに下方からネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板13の下面後端部に形成されたネジ穴に螺装することにより、回動部材120が原稿圧着板13に固定される(図1参照)。 In the present embodiment, screws (not shown) are inserted into the through holes 122a, 122a, 122a, and 122a from below, and the screws are screwed into screw holes formed in the rear end portion of the lower surface of the original cover 13. Thus, the rotating member 120 is fixed to the original cover 13 (see FIG. 1).
 回動ピン130は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図8に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン130は胴体部131および頭部132を有する金属製の部材である。
The rotation pin 130 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 8, the rotation pin 130 of this embodiment is a metal member having a body part 131 and a head part 132.
 胴体部131は回動ピン130の胴体を成す略円柱形状の部分である。胴体部131の一端部(先端部)にはカシメ穴131aが形成される。
 カシメ穴131aは胴体部131の一端部(先端部)の端面に形成された穴である。カシメ穴131aが形成されることにより、胴体部131の一端部(先端部)には薄肉の部分(略円筒形状の部分)が形成される。
The body portion 131 is a substantially cylindrical portion that forms the body of the rotation pin 130. A caulking hole 131 a is formed at one end (tip) of the body portion 131.
The caulking hole 131a is a hole formed in the end surface of one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 131. By forming the caulking hole 131a, a thin portion (substantially cylindrical portion) is formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 131.
 頭部132は胴体部131の他端部(基端部)に繋がる略円盤形状の部分である。頭部132の直径は胴体部131の直径よりも大きい。 The head portion 132 is a substantially disk-shaped portion connected to the other end portion (base end portion) of the body portion 131. The diameter of the head portion 132 is larger than the diameter of the body portion 131.
 図2、図3および図5に示す如く、回動ピン130の胴体部131はケース部材110の左側面部113に形成された貫通孔113aに貫装され、回動部材120に形成された貫通孔121aに貫装され、ケース部材110の右側面部114に形成された貫通孔114aに貫装される。
 貫通孔121aの直径は胴体部131の直径よりも僅かに大きく、かつ貫通孔113aおよび貫通孔114aの直径は胴体部131の直径よりも僅かに大きいので、回動ピン130は回動部材120に相対回転不能に固定されるとともにケース部材110に回動可能に軸支される。
 従って、回動部材120は回動ピン130を介してケース部材110に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、ヒンジ100により原稿圧着板13(の下面後端部)が本体12(の上面後端部)に回動可能に連結される。
As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, and 5, the body 131 of the rotation pin 130 is inserted into a through hole 113 a formed in the left side surface 113 of the case member 110, and the through hole formed in the rotation member 120. 121 a and penetrates through hole 114 a formed in right side surface 114 of case member 110.
Since the diameter of the through hole 121 a is slightly larger than the diameter of the body portion 131 and the diameters of the through hole 113 a and the through hole 114 a are slightly larger than the diameter of the body portion 131, the rotation pin 130 is connected to the rotation member 120. It is fixed so that it cannot rotate relative to it and is pivotally supported by the case member 110 so as to be rotatable.
Accordingly, the rotation member 120 is rotatably connected to the case member 110 via the rotation pin 130, and as a result, the document pressing plate 13 (the lower rear end portion thereof) is connected to the main body 12 (the upper rear end portion thereof) by the hinge 100. ) In a pivotable manner.
 胴体部131の一端部(先端部)に形成された薄肉の部分を回動ピン130の半径方向に押し広げるようにカシメ加工する(塑性変形させる)ことにより回動ピン130の一端部、すなわちカシメ加工された部分の直径は貫通孔114aの直径よりも大きくなる。
 また、頭部132の直径は貫通孔113aよりも大きい。
 このように、胴体部131の一端部(先端部)をカシメ加工することにより、回動ピン130をケース部材110に対して脱落不能に固定することが可能である。
One end portion of the rotating pin 130, that is, the crimping portion, is formed by caulking (plastically deforming) a thin portion formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 131 so as to spread in the radial direction of the rotating pin 130. The diameter of the processed part is larger than the diameter of the through hole 114a.
The diameter of the head 132 is larger than that of the through hole 113a.
In this way, the swivel pin 130 can be fixed to the case member 110 so as not to drop off by crimping one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 131.
 図5に示す如く、回動部材120が回動ピン130を介してケース部材110に回動可能に連結されたとき、回動部材120の下部(第一カム部121bが形成されている部分および第二カム部121cが形成されている部分を合わせたもの)はケース部材110に形成された第一収容室118の第一開口部118aおよび第二開口部119aに対向する。 As shown in FIG. 5, when the rotating member 120 is rotatably connected to the case member 110 via the rotating pin 130, the lower portion of the rotating member 120 (the portion where the first cam portion 121b is formed and The combination of the portions where the second cam portion 121c is formed is opposed to the first opening 118a and the second opening 119a of the first storage chamber 118 formed in the case member 110.
 第一スライダ140は本発明に係る第一スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ140は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図9に示す如く、第一スライダ140は主板141、左側面板142および右側面板143を有する。
The first slider 140 is an embodiment of the first slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 140 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 9, the first slider 140 has a main plate 141, a left side plate 142, and a right side plate 143.
 主板141は平面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。主板141は一対の板面を上面および下面として有する。主板141には当接突起141aが形成される。当接突起141aは主板141の上面から上方に突出する。
 左側面板142は側面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。左側面板142は一対の板面を左側面および右側面として有する。左側面板142の上端部は主板141の左端部に繋がっている。
 右側面板143は側面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。右側面板143は一対の板面を左側面および右側面として有する。右側面板143の上端部は主板141の右端部に繋がっている。
The main plate 141 is a plate-like portion having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view. The main plate 141 has a pair of plate surfaces as an upper surface and a lower surface. A contact protrusion 141 a is formed on the main plate 141. The contact protrusion 141a protrudes upward from the upper surface of the main plate 141.
The left side plate 142 is a plate-like portion that is substantially rectangular in side view. The left side plate 142 has a pair of plate surfaces as a left side surface and a right side surface. The upper end portion of the left side plate 142 is connected to the left end portion of the main plate 141.
The right side plate 143 is a plate-like portion that is substantially rectangular in side view. The right side plate 143 has a pair of plate surfaces as a left side surface and a right side surface. The upper end portion of the right side plate 143 is connected to the right end portion of the main plate 141.
 図5に示す如く、第一スライダ140はケース部材110の第一収容室118に収容される。
 第一収容室118に収容された第一スライダ140は第一収容室118の内周面に当接する。また、第一収容室118に収容された第一スライダ140は第一開口部118aから突出する方向および第一収容室118の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、主板141の前端面、左側面板142の前端面および右側面板143の前端面は前面部111の後面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、主板141の後端面、左側面板142の後端面および右側面板143の後端面は仕切部116の前面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、左側面板142の左面は左側面部113の右面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、右側面板143の右面は右側面部114の左面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接する。
As shown in FIG. 5, the first slider 140 is housed in the first housing chamber 118 of the case member 110.
The first slider 140 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 118 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 118. Further, the first slider 140 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 118 is movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 118 a and a direction immersing in the interior (back part) of the first accommodation chamber 118.
More specifically, the front end surface of the main plate 141, the front end surface of the left side plate 142, and the front end surface of the right side plate 143 are in contact with the rear surface of the front surface portion 111 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction. The rear end surface and the rear end surface of the right side plate 143 are in contact with the front surface of the partition 116 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the left surface of the left side plate 142 is in contact with the right surface of the left side surface portion 113 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction. The right surface of the face plate 143 contacts the left surface of the right side surface portion 114 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction.
 第一バネ150は本発明に係る第一付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一バネ150は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図5に示す如く、第一バネ150はケース部材110の第一収容室118に収容される。
 第一収容室118に収容された第一バネ150の一端部(下端部)は底面部115の上面に当接し、第一バネ150の他端部(上端部)は第一スライダ140の主板141の下面に当接する。
 従って、第一バネ150は第一スライダ140を第一収容室118の第一開口部118aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)に付勢し、第一スライダ140の当接突起141aは回動部材120の第一カム部121bに当接する。
 その結果、第一バネ150の付勢力は第一スライダ140を経て回動部材120に伝達されるので、回動部材120はケース部材110に対して右側面視で反時計回りに回動する方向に付勢され、原稿圧着板13は本体12に対して開く方向に付勢される(図1参照)。
The first spring 150 is an embodiment of the first biasing member according to the present invention.
The first spring 150 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 5, the first spring 150 is housed in the first housing chamber 118 of the case member 110.
One end (lower end) of the first spring 150 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 118 is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom portion 115, and the other end (upper end) of the first spring 150 is the main plate 141 of the first slider 140. It contacts the lower surface of the.
Accordingly, the first spring 150 urges the first slider 140 in a direction (upward in this embodiment) to protrude from the first opening 118a of the first storage chamber 118, and the contact protrusion 141a of the first slider 140 is It contacts the first cam portion 121b of the rotating member 120.
As a result, the urging force of the first spring 150 is transmitted to the rotating member 120 via the first slider 140, so that the rotating member 120 rotates counterclockwise with respect to the case member 110 when viewed from the right side. The original cover 13 is urged in the opening direction with respect to the main body 12 (see FIG. 1).
 第二スライダ160は本発明に係る第二スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ160は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図10に示す如く、第二スライダ160は正面視で上下方向に延びた長方形状の一対の板面を前面および後面として有する板状の部材である。
 第二スライダ160の上前端部には当接面160aが形成される。当接面160aは第二スライダ160の前面の上端部および第二スライダ160の上端面の前端部に繋がれる前下がりの斜面であり、第二スライダ160の前面および第二スライダ160の上端面に対して傾斜している(第二スライダ160の前面および第二スライダ160の上端面のいずれに対しても平行ではない)。
The second slider 160 is an embodiment of the second slide member according to the present invention.
The second slider 160 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 10, the second slider 160 is a plate-like member having a pair of rectangular plate surfaces extending in the vertical direction in a front view as a front surface and a rear surface.
A contact surface 160 a is formed at the upper front end of the second slider 160. The abutment surface 160 a is a front-declining slope connected to the upper end portion of the front surface of the second slider 160 and the front end portion of the upper end surface of the second slider 160. It is inclined with respect to it (not parallel to either the front surface of the second slider 160 or the upper end surface of the second slider 160).
 図5に示す如く、第二スライダ160はケース部材110の第二収容室119に収容される。
 第二収容室119に収容された第二スライダ160は第二収容室119の内周面に当接する。また、第二収容室119に収容された第二スライダ160は第二開口部119aから突出する方向および第二収容室119の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第二スライダ160の前面は仕切部116の後面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、第二スライダ160の後面は後面部112の前面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、第二スライダ160の左端面は左側面部113の右面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、第二スライダ160の右端面は右側面部114の左面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接する。
As shown in FIG. 5, the second slider 160 is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 119 of the case member 110.
The second slider 160 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 119 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber 119. Further, the second slider 160 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 119 is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 119a and a direction immersing in the interior (back part) of the second accommodation chamber 119.
More specifically, the front surface of the second slider 160 abuts against the rear surface of the partition 116 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the rear surface of the second slider 160 abuts against the front surface of the rear surface portion 112 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction. The left end surface of the second slider 160 is in contact with the right surface of the left side surface portion 113 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the right end surface of the second slider 160 is in contact with the left surface of the right side surface portion 114 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction.
 第二スライダ160の外周面(第二スライダ160の前面、後面、左端面および右端面)と第二収容室119の内周面との当接部分には、グリスが塗布される。換言すれば、第二スライダ160と第二収容室119の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。 Grease is applied to the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 160 (front surface, rear surface, left end surface and right end surface of the second slider 160) and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119. In other words, the grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 160 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119.
 第二スライダ160と第二収容室119の内周面との隙間に配置されるグリスは本発明に係る粘性体の実施の一形態である。
 本発明に係る粘性体の具体例としては各種のグリス、液状の樹脂等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
 すなわち、「粘性体」は流動可能な物質(流体)であって、「粘性体が第二スライド部材と第二収容室の内周面との隙間に配置されたとき、第二スライド部材を第二開口部から突出する方向および第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動させるために要する力」が「粘性体が第二スライド部材と第二収容室の内周面との隙間に配置されないとき、第二スライド部材を第二開口部から突出する方向および第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動させるために要する力」よりも大きくなる程度の粘性(ニュートン粘性でも非ニュートン粘性でも良い)を有するものであれば良い。
The grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 160 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119 is an embodiment of the viscous body according to the present invention.
Specific examples of the viscous material according to the present invention include various greases, liquid resins, and the like, but are not limited thereto.
That is, the “viscous body” is a flowable substance (fluid), and “when the viscous body is disposed in the gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber, the second slide member is "The force required to move in the direction protruding from the two openings and the direction of immersing in the second storage chamber" is "the viscous body is not disposed in the gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber" Viscosity (Newtonian viscosity or non-Newtonian viscosity) that is greater than the force required to move the second slide member in the direction protruding from the second opening and the direction of immersing in the second storage chamber ).
 第二バネ170は本発明に係る第二付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二バネ170は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図5に示す如く、第二バネ170はケース部材110の第二収容室119に収容される。
 第二収容室119に収容された第二バネ170の一端部(下端部)は底面部115の上面に当接し、第二バネ170の他端部(上端部)は第二スライダ160の下端面に当接する。
 従って、第二バネ170は第二スライダ160を第二収容室119の第二開口部119aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)に付勢する。
The second spring 170 is an embodiment of the second urging member according to the present invention.
The second spring 170 of the present embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 5, the second spring 170 is housed in the second housing chamber 119 of the case member 110.
One end (lower end) of the second spring 170 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 119 is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom portion 115, and the other end (upper end) of the second spring 170 is the lower end surface of the second slider 160. Abut.
Accordingly, the second spring 170 urges the second slider 160 in a direction (upward in the present embodiment) protruding from the second opening 119a of the second storage chamber 119.
 以下では、図5、および図11から図16を用いて原稿圧着板13を閉じるときのヒンジ100の挙動について説明する。
 図13に示す如く、本実施形態では原稿圧着板13が完全に閉じたとき、すなわち原稿圧着板13の下面が本体12の上面に当接しているときの原稿圧着板13の回動角度θ(本体12に対する原稿圧着板13の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板13が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板13の回動角度θを定義する。なお、本実施形態では原稿圧着板13が完全に開いたときの原稿圧着板13の回動角度θは「50°」である。
Hereinafter, the behavior of the hinge 100 when the original cover 13 is closed will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 11 to 16.
As shown in FIG. 13, in this embodiment, when the original pressure plate 13 is completely closed, that is, when the lower surface of the original pressure plate 13 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 12, the rotation angle θ ( When the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 with respect to the main body 12 is set to “0 °” and the original cover 13 is rotated in the opening direction, the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive). Thus, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 is defined. In the present embodiment, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 when the original cover 13 is completely opened is “50 °”.
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが6°以上(θ≧6°)の場合には原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属し、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが6°未満(0°≦θ<6°)の場合には原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する。 In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 13 is 6 ° or more (θ ≧ 6 °), the document crimping plate 13 belongs to the “free stop region”, and the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 13 is. Is less than 6 ° (0 ° ≦ θ <6 °), the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”.
 本実施形態における「フリーストップ領域」は、(A1)「原稿圧着板13の重量に起因して回動ピン130を中心として回動部材120に作用する回転力(モーメント)」と(B1)「第一バネ150の付勢力に起因して回動ピン130を中心として回動部材120に作用する回転力(モーメント)」とが平衡する領域である。 The “free stop area” in the present embodiment includes (A1) “rotational force (moment) acting on the rotation member 120 around the rotation pin 130 due to the weight of the original cover 13” and (B1) “ This is a region where the rotational force (moment) acting on the rotation member 120 around the rotation pin 130 due to the biasing force of the first spring 150 is balanced.
 図11に示す如く、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材120の第一カム部121bは第一スライダ140の当接突起141aに当接する。
 また、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材120の第二カム部121cは第二スライダ160から離間している(第二スライダ160に当接しない)。
As shown in FIG. 11, when the document crimping plate 13 belongs to the “free stop region”, the first cam portion 121 b of the rotating member 120 contacts the contact protrusion 141 a of the first slider 140.
Further, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “free stop area”, the second cam portion 121 c of the rotating member 120 is separated from the second slider 160 (not in contact with the second slider 160).
 原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板13が閉じる方向(原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが小さくなる方向)に回動した場合、(A1)の回転力は増大する。
 これは、原稿圧着板13に作用する重力を半径方向(側面視で原稿圧着板13の前端部と回動ピン130を結ぶ方向)の成分および周方向(側面視で半径方向に垂直な方向)の成分に分解した場合、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが小さくなるほど周方向の成分、すなわち(A1)の回転力が大きくなることによる。
When the original cover 13 is in the “free stop region” and the original cover 13 is rotated in the closing direction (the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 is reduced), the rotational force in (A1) increases. To do.
This is because the gravity acting on the document crimping plate 13 is a component in the radial direction (direction in which the front end portion of the document crimping plate 13 and the rotation pin 130 are connected in the side view) and the circumferential direction (the direction perpendicular to the radial direction in the side view). This is because the circumferential component, that is, the rotational force of (A1) increases as the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 decreases.
 一方、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板13が閉じる方向に回動した場合、回動部材120がケース部材110に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材120の第一カム部121bと第一スライダ140の当接突起141aとの当接部位が変化し、第一スライダ140は押し下げられて下方に移動する(図12および図14参照)。
 第一スライダ140が下方に移動することにより、第一バネ150は圧縮され(第一バネ150の全長は小さくなり)、第一バネ150の付勢力が増大し、(B1)の回転力が増大する。
 その結果、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが変化しても(A1)の回転力と(B1)の回転力とが平衡する。より厳密には、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが変化しても(A1)の回転力と(B1)の回転力とが平衡するように第一カム部121bおよび当接突起141aの形状が予め設定される。
 従って、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板13から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θは保持される。
On the other hand, when the document pressing plate 13 is rotated in the closing direction while the document pressing plate 13 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotating member 120 rotates clockwise with respect to the case member 110 in the right side view. The contact portion between the first cam portion 121b of the rotating member 120 and the contact protrusion 141a of the first slider 140 changes, and the first slider 140 is pushed down to move downward (see FIGS. 12 and 14). .
When the first slider 140 moves downward, the first spring 150 is compressed (the total length of the first spring 150 is reduced), the urging force of the first spring 150 is increased, and the rotational force of (B1) is increased. To do.
As a result, when the document pressing plate 13 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A1) and the rotational force (B1) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 13 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 13 is in the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A1) and the rotational force (B1) are balanced even if the rotational angle θ of the original cover 13 changes. Further, the shapes of the first cam portion 121b and the contact protrusion 141a are preset.
Therefore, when the operator releases his / her hand from the original cover 13 when the original cover 13 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 is maintained.
 本実施形態における「落下領域」は(A1)の回転力が(B1)の回転力よりも大きくなる領域である。本実施形態では、落下領域は原稿圧着板13が閉じている状態(θ=0°)から所定の角度(本実施形態ではθ=6°)だけ開いた状態までの範囲に設定される。
 原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板13から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板13は自重(厳密には、(A1)の回転力と(B1)の回転力との差分)により閉じる方向に回動する。
The “falling region” in the present embodiment is a region where the rotational force of (A1) is larger than the rotational force of (B1). In this embodiment, the fall region is set in a range from a state where the original cover 13 is closed (θ = 0 °) to a state where it is opened by a predetermined angle (θ = 6 ° in this embodiment).
When the operator releases his / her hand from the original pressure plate 13 when the original pressure plate 13 belongs to the “falling area”, the original pressure plate 13 has its own weight (strictly speaking, the rotational force of (A1) and the rotation of (B1). It rotates in the closing direction by the difference between the force and the force.
 図12に示す如く、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材120の第一カム部121bは第一スライダ140の当接突起141aに当接する。
 しかし、図14に示す如く、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材110に対する第一スライダ140の位置が変化しない。より厳密には、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材110に対する第一スライダ140の位置が変化しないように第一カム部121bおよび当接突起141aの形状が予め設定される。
 その結果、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときには(B1)の回転力は実質的にゼロとなり、(A1)の回転力が(B1)の回転力よりも大きくなる。
As shown in FIG. 12, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion 121 b of the rotating member 120 contacts the contact protrusion 141 a of the first slider 140.
However, as shown in FIG. 14, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the position of the first slider 140 relative to the case member 110 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 changes. More precisely, when the original pressing plate 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion prevents the position of the first slider 140 relative to the case member 110 from changing even if the rotation angle θ of the original pressing plate 13 changes. The shapes of 121b and abutment protrusion 141a are preset.
As a result, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotational force of (B1) is substantially zero, and the rotational force of (A1) is larger than the rotational force of (B1).
 図12に示す如く、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材120の第二カム部121cは第二スライダ160の当接面160aに当接する。
 従って、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板13が閉じる方向に回動した場合、回動部材120がケース部材110に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材120の第二カム部121cと第二スライダ160の当接面160aとの当接部位が変化し、第二スライダ160は押し下げられて下方に移動する(図5、図12および図15参照)。
As shown in FIG. 12, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 121 c of the rotating member 120 contacts the contact surface 160 a of the second slider 160.
Accordingly, when the document pressing plate 13 is rotated in the closing direction while the document pressing plate 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotating member 120 is rotated clockwise with respect to the case member 110 in the right side view, The contact portion between the second cam portion 121c of the rotating member 120 and the contact surface 160a of the second slider 160 changes, and the second slider 160 is pushed down to move downward (FIGS. 5, 12, and 15). reference).
 第二スライダ160が下方に移動するとき、第二スライダ160には第二スライダ160の外周面と第二収容室119の内周面との当接部分に塗布されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が作用する。
 従って、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときには、(A1)の回転力の一部がグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力により相殺され、原稿圧着板13が閉じる方向に回動する速度が遅くなる(緩和される)。
 その結果、原稿圧着板13は本体12の上面に柔らかく(強い衝撃を伴わずに)当接するので、原稿圧着板13は緩やかかつ確実に閉じられる。
When the second slider 160 moves downward, the second slider 160 is caused by the viscous resistance of the grease applied to the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 160 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119. Resistive force acts.
Accordingly, when the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, a part of the rotational force (A1) is offset by the resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the grease, and the speed at which the original cover 13 rotates in the closing direction. Becomes slower (relaxed).
As a result, the original cover 13 is softly abutted on the upper surface of the main body 12 (without a strong impact), so that the original cover 13 is gently and reliably closed.
 なお、作業者が原稿圧着板13を手で持って原稿圧着板13を開く方向に回動させた場合、第二スライダ160は、第二バネ170の付勢力によりグリスの粘性抵抗に抗して上方に移動するので、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときには「回動部材120の第二カム部121cが第二スライダ160の当接面160aに当接した状態」が保持される。 When the operator holds the document crimping plate 13 by hand and rotates the document crimping plate 13 in the opening direction, the second slider 160 resists the viscous resistance of grease by the biasing force of the second spring 170. Since it moves upward, when the document crimping plate 13 belongs to the “falling region”, “the state where the second cam portion 121 c of the rotating member 120 is in contact with the contact surface 160 a of the second slider 160” is maintained.
 以上の如く、ヒンジ100は、
 本体12に原稿圧着板13を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部118aを有する第一収容室118および第二開口部119aを有する第二収容室119が形成され、複合機11の本体12に固定されるケース部材110と、
 複合機11の原稿圧着板13に固定され、ケース部材110に回動可能に連結される回動部材120と、
 第一収容室118に収容され、第一収容室118の内周面に当接しつつ第一開口部118aから突出する方向および第一収容室118の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ140と、
 第一収容室118に収容され、第一スライダ140を第一開口部118aから突出する方向に付勢する第一バネ150と、
 第二収容室119に収容され、第二収容室119の内周面に当接しつつ第二開口部119aから突出する方向および第二収容室119の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライダ160と、
 第二収容室119に収容され、第二スライダ160を第二開口部119aから突出する方向に付勢する第二バネ170と、
 を具備し、
 回動部材120には、第一スライダ140(の当接突起141a)に当接する第一カム部121bが形成されるとともに第二スライダ160(の当接面160a)に当接する第二カム部121cが形成され、
 第二スライダ160と第二収容室119の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板13を緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 100 is
A hinge for connecting the document pressing plate 13 to the body 12 so as to be openable and closable;
A first housing chamber 118 having a first opening 118a and a second housing chamber 119 having a second opening 119a are formed, and a case member 110 fixed to the main body 12 of the multifunction machine 11,
A rotating member 120 fixed to the document pressing plate 13 of the multifunction machine 11 and rotatably connected to the case member 110;
A first slider accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 118 and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 118 a and a direction immersing in the first accommodation chamber 118 while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 118. 140,
A first spring 150 housed in the first housing chamber 118 and biasing the first slider 140 in a direction protruding from the first opening 118a;
A second slider housed in the second housing chamber 119 and movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 119a and a direction immersing into the second housing chamber 119 while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second housing chamber 119. 160,
A second spring 170 housed in the second housing chamber 119 and biasing the second slider 160 in a direction protruding from the second opening 119a;
Comprising
The rotating member 120 is formed with a first cam portion 121b that contacts the first slider 140 (the contact protrusion 141a thereof) and a second cam portion 121c that contacts the second slider 160 (the contact surface 160a thereof). Formed,
Grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 160 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119.
With this configuration, the original cover 13 can be closed gently and reliably.
 また、図5、図11、図12および図16に示す如く、複合機11の原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、ケース部材110に対する第二スライダ160の回動角度当たりの移動量(図16中の太い実線参照)はケース部材110に対する第一スライダ140の回動角度当たりの移動量(図16中の太い点線参照)よりも大きい。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二スライダ160が第一スライダ140よりも大きく移動することとなり、第二スライダ160と第二収容室119の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A1)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として有効に利用することが可能である。
As shown in FIGS. 5, 11, 12, and 16, when the document pressing plate 13 of the multifunction machine 11 rotates in a state belonging to the “falling area” (within the “falling area”), the case member 110. The amount of movement of the second slider 160 per rotation angle (see the thick solid line in FIG. 16) is larger than the amount of movement of the first slider 140 relative to the case member 110 per rotation angle (see the thick dotted line in FIG. 16). large.
With this configuration, the second slider 160 moves more than the first slider 140 in a state where the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”. It is possible to effectively utilize the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease arranged in the gap with the peripheral surface as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A1).
 特に、本実施形態では、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが小さくなるとき、第二カム部121cは概ね後方に移動するが、第二カム部121cの移動方向に対して緩く傾斜した(第二カム部121cの移動方向に対して垂直でないが垂直に近い角度を成す)当接面160aが第二カム部121cに当接するため、第二スライダ160は第二カム部121cの移動方向に対して概ね垂直となる方向である下方に移動する。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二カム部121cの移動量に比べて第二スライダ160の移動量を大きく設定することが可能であり、第二スライダ160と第二収容室119の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A1)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として更に有効に利用することが可能である。
In particular, in the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 becomes small in a state where the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 121c moves substantially rearward. Since the abutment surface 160a that is gently inclined with respect to the moving direction of the portion 121c (which is not perpendicular to the moving direction of the second cam portion 121c but forms an angle close to vertical) abuts on the second cam portion 121c, the second The slider 160 moves downward, which is a direction substantially perpendicular to the moving direction of the second cam portion 121c.
With this configuration, the movement amount of the second slider 160 can be set larger than the movement amount of the second cam portion 121c in the state where the original cover 13 belongs to the “falling region”. The resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the two sliders 160 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 119 is more effectively used as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A1). Is possible.
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」から「落下領域」に移行するときの原稿圧着板13の回動角度θが「6°」であったが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 すなわち、本発明に係るヒンジの第一スライド部材と回動部材の第一カム部との当接部分の形状を適宜設定することにより、第二連結対象物がフリーストップ領域から落下領域に移行するときの第二連結対象物の回動角度を用途等に応じて任意に設定することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 13 when the original cover 13 shifts from the “free stop area” to the “fall area” is “6 °”, but the present invention is not limited to this. .
That is, by appropriately setting the shape of the contact portion between the first slide member of the hinge according to the present invention and the first cam portion of the rotating member, the second connection object moves from the free stop region to the fall region. It is possible to arbitrarily set the rotation angle of the second connection object at the time according to the use or the like.
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板13が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには回動部材120の第二カム部121cと第二スライダ160とが当接せず、原稿圧着板13が「落下領域」に属するときには回動部材120の第二カム部121cと第二スライダ160とが当接するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 すなわち、図17に示す如く、本発明では以下の四つの構成を採ることが可能である。
 (i)「フリーストップ領域」および「落下領域」の全域で第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接する構成。
 (ii)「フリーストップ領域」における「落下領域」寄りの領域および「落下領域」の全域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接し、「フリーストップ領域」において「落下領域」から離れた領域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接しない構成。
 (iii)「フリーストップ領域」の全域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接し、「落下領域」の全域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接しない構成(ヒンジ100は当該構成に相当する)。
 (iv)「落下領域」において「フリーストップ領域」から離れた領域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接し、「フリーストップ領域」の全域および「落下領域」における「フリーストップ領域」寄りの領域では第二ウイング部材の第二カム部が第二スライド部材に当接しない構成。
In the present embodiment, when the document pressing plate 13 belongs to the “free stop region”, the second cam portion 121c of the rotating member 120 and the second slider 160 do not come into contact with each other, and the document pressing plate 13 enters the “falling region”. When belonging, the second cam portion 121c of the rotating member 120 and the second slider 160 abut, but the present invention is not limited to this.
That is, as shown in FIG. 17, the present invention can employ the following four configurations.
(I) A configuration in which the second cam portion of the second wing member abuts against the second slide member throughout the “free stop region” and the “fall region”.
(Ii) The second cam portion of the second wing member abuts against the second slide member in the area near the “falling area” in the “free stop area” and the entire area of the “falling area”. The structure which the 2nd cam part of a 2nd wing member does not contact | abut to a 2nd slide member in the area | region away from the area | region.
(Iii) The second cam portion of the second wing member is in contact with the second slide member in the entire “free stop region”, and the second cam portion of the second wing member is the second slide member in the entire “fall region”. The structure which does not contact | abut (the hinge 100 corresponds to the said structure).
(Iv) The second cam portion of the second wing member abuts against the second slide member in the “falling region” away from the “free stop region”, and the entire “free stop region” and “falling region” In the region near the “free stop region”, the second cam portion of the second wing member does not contact the second slide member.
 「フリーストップ領域」において第二連結対象物を閉じる方向に回動させるために作業者が第二連結対象物に作用させる力を小さくする観点からは(iii)および(iv)の構成が(i)および(ii)の構成よりも望ましい。
 また、第二連結対象物が「フリーストップ領域」に移行したときに第二連結対象物が閉じる方向に回動する速度を緩やかにする観点からは(i)、(ii)および(iii)の構成が(iv)の構成よりも望ましい。
 従って、第二連結対象物を閉じる方向に回動させるために作業者が第二連結対象物に作用させる力を小さくする観点および第二連結対象物が「フリーストップ領域」に移行したときに第二連結対象物が閉じる方向に回動する速度を緩やかにする観点の両方を考慮した場合には、(iii)の構成が最も望ましい。
From the viewpoint of reducing the force applied by the operator to the second connection object in order to rotate the second connection object in the closing direction in the “free stop region”, the configurations of (iii) and (iv) are (i) ) And (ii).
Further, from the viewpoint of slowing the speed at which the second connection object rotates in the closing direction when the second connection object moves to the “free stop area”, (i), (ii) and (iii) The configuration is more desirable than the configuration of (iv).
Therefore, in order to rotate the second connection object in the closing direction, the viewpoint of reducing the force exerted on the second connection object by the operator and when the second connection object moves to the “free stop area”, In consideration of both of the viewpoints of slowing the speed at which the two connected objects rotate in the closing direction, the configuration (iii) is most desirable.
 本実施形態は、「落下領域」において第二スライダ160と第二収容室119との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が回動部材120に作用する「原稿圧着板13を閉じる方向の回転力((A1)の回転力)」の一部を相殺するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第二スライダ160と第二収容室119との隙間を更に狭くする(グリスが配置される場合よりも狭くする)ことにより、「落下領域」において第二スライダ160と第二収容室119との隙間(当接部分)に摩擦力を発生させ、当該摩擦力が回動部材120に作用する「原稿圧着板13を閉じる方向の回転力」の一部を相殺しても良い。
In the present embodiment, in the “falling region”, a resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 160 and the second storage chamber 119 acts on the rotating member 120. A part of the “rotational force in the closing direction (rotational force of (A1))” is offset, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, by further narrowing the gap between the second slider 160 and the second storage chamber 119 (smaller than when grease is disposed), the second slider 160 and the second storage chamber 119 A frictional force may be generated in the gap (abutting portion), and a part of the “rotating force in the direction of closing the document pressing plate 13” acting on the rotating member 120 may be canceled out.
 以下では図18から図28を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態であるヒンジ200について説明する。 Hereinafter, a hinge 200 that is a second embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図18に示す如く、ヒンジ200は複合機21の本体22に原稿圧着板23を回動可能に連結する。
 複合機21は事務機器の実施の一形態である。複合機21は本体22および原稿圧着板23を具備する。
 複合機21、本体22および原稿圧着板23の基本的な構成および機能は図1に示す複合機11、本体12および原稿圧着板13と概ね同じであることから、説明を省略する。
As shown in FIG. 18, the hinge 200 connects the original cover 23 to the main body 22 of the multi-function device 21 in a rotatable manner.
The multifunction machine 21 is an embodiment of office equipment. The multi-function device 21 includes a main body 22 and a document pressing plate 23.
Since the basic configuration and functions of the multi-function device 21, the main body 22, and the original pressure plate 23 are substantially the same as those of the multi-function device 11, the main body 12, and the original pressure plate 13 shown in FIG.
 図19から図24に示す如く、ヒンジ200はケース部材210、回動部材220、回動ピン230、第一スライダ240、第一バネ250、第二スライダ260および第二バネ270を具備する。 19 to 24, the hinge 200 includes a case member 210, a rotating member 220, a rotating pin 230, a first slider 240, a first spring 250, a second slider 260, and a second spring 270.
 ケース部材210は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態のケース部材210は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図19および図25に示す如く、ケース部材210は概ね薄い直方体形状の部材である。
 図25に示す如く、ケース部材210の内部には第一収容室211および第二収容室212の二つの空間が形成される。
Case member 210 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention.
The case member 210 of the present embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 19 and 25, the case member 210 is a substantially thin rectangular parallelepiped member.
As shown in FIG. 25, two spaces of a first storage chamber 211 and a second storage chamber 212 are formed inside the case member 210.
 第一収容室211は本発明に係る第一収容室の実施の一形態である。第一収容室211はケース部材210の内部に形成された二つの空間のうち、左側の空間(ヒンジ200が複合機21の原稿圧着板23を本体22に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機21の左側に位置する空間)である。
 第一収容室211はケース部材210の基端部(ケース部材210と回動部材220とが回動可能に連結される位置に近い方の端部)において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第一開口部211aを成す。すなわち、第一収容室211は第一開口部211aを有する。第一開口部211aは本発明に係る第一開口部の実施の一形態である。
 第一収容室211の内周面にはガイド溝211b・211bが形成される。ガイド溝211b・211bは第一収容室211の第一開口部211aから第一収容室211の奥に向かって(ケース部材210の基端部から先端部に向かって)延びた溝である。
The first storage chamber 211 is an embodiment of the first storage chamber according to the present invention. The first storage chamber 211 is a left-side space of the two spaces formed inside the case member 210 (when the hinge 200 connects the document pressing plate 23 of the multifunction device 21 to the main body 22 so as to be rotatable, the multifunction device). 21 is a space located on the left side of 21).
The first storage chamber 211 is open at the base end portion of the case member 210 (the end portion closer to the position where the case member 210 and the rotation member 220 are rotatably connected), and the opening is open. The part forms the first opening 211a. That is, the first storage chamber 211 has a first opening 211a. The first opening 211a is an embodiment of the first opening according to the present invention.
Guide grooves 211 b and 211 b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber 211. The guide grooves 211b and 211b are grooves extending from the first opening 211a of the first storage chamber 211 toward the back of the first storage chamber 211 (from the base end portion of the case member 210 toward the distal end portion).
 第二収容室212は本発明に係る第二収容室の実施の一形態である。第二収容室212はケース部材210の内部に形成された二つの空間のうち、右側の空間(ヒンジ200が複合機21の原稿圧着板23を本体22に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機21の右側に位置する空間)である。
 第二収容室212はケース部材210の基端部において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第二開口部212aを成す。すなわち、第二収容室212は第二開口部212aを有する。第二開口部212aは本発明に係る第二開口部の実施の一形態である。
 第二収容室212の内周面にはガイド突起212b・212b・・・が形成される。ガイド突起211b・211b・・・は第二収容室212の第二開口部212aから第二収容室212の奥に向かって(ケース部材210の基端部から先端部に向かって)延びた突起(凸条)である。
The second storage chamber 212 is an embodiment of the second storage chamber according to the present invention. Of the two spaces formed inside the case member 210, the second storage chamber 212 is a space on the right side (when the hinge 200 connects the document crimping plate 23 of the multifunction device 21 to the main body 22 so as to be rotatable, the multifunction device). The space located on the right side of 21).
The second storage chamber 212 is opened at the base end portion of the case member 210, and the opened portion forms the second opening 212a. That is, the second storage chamber 212 has a second opening 212a. The second opening 212a is an embodiment of the second opening according to the present invention.
Guide protrusions 212b, 212b,... Are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212. The guide protrusions 211b, 211b,... Are protrusions extending from the second opening 212a of the second storage chamber 212 toward the back of the second storage chamber 212 (from the base end portion of the case member 210 toward the distal end portion). Ridge).
 ケース部材210には突出部213が形成される。突出部213は板状の部分である。
 突出部213の一端部はケース部材210の右側面(ヒンジ200が複合機21の原稿圧着板23を本体22に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機21の右側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部213の他端部はケース部材210の右側面の右側方に突出している。
 突出部213には貫通孔213a・213bが形成される。貫通孔213a・213bは突出部213の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
A protrusion 213 is formed on the case member 210. The protrusion 213 is a plate-like part.
One end of the projecting portion 213 is connected to the right side surface of the case member 210 (the surface facing the right side of the multi-function device 21 when the hinge 200 is connected to the main body 22 so as to be rotatable). The other end of the protruding portion 213 protrudes to the right side of the right side surface of the case member 210.
Through holes 213a and 213b are formed in the protruding portion 213. The through holes 213a and 213b are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 213.
 ケース部材210には突出部214が形成される。突出部214は板状の部分である。
 突出部214の一端部はケース部材210の左側面(ヒンジ200が複合機21の原稿圧着板23を本体22に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機21の左側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部214の他端部はケース部材210の左側面の左側方に突出している。
 突出部214には貫通孔214aが形成される。貫通孔214aは突出部214の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
A protrusion 214 is formed on the case member 210. The protruding part 214 is a plate-like part.
One end of the protrusion 214 is connected to the left side surface of the case member 210 (the surface facing the left side of the multi-function device 21 when the hinge 200 is connected to the main body 22 so as to be rotatable). The other end of the protrusion 214 protrudes to the left side of the left side surface of the case member 210.
A through hole 214 a is formed in the protrusion 214. The through hole 214 a is a hole that penetrates the pair of plate surfaces of the protrusion 214.
 ケース部材210の基端部には貫通孔215a・215b・215cが形成される。
 貫通孔215a・215b・215cは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔215a・215b・215cを合わせたものは実質的にケース部材210の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔215a・215b・215cの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
Through holes 215 a, 215 b, and 215 c are formed in the base end portion of the case member 210.
The through holes 215a, 215b, and 215c are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through holes 215a, 215b, and 215c substantially penetrates from the left side surface to the right side surface of the case member 210.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through holes 215a, 215b, 215c is parallel to the left-right direction.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔213a・213bおよび貫通孔214aにネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板23の下面後端部に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、ケース部材210が原稿圧着板23に固定される(図18参照)。 In the present embodiment, screws (not shown) are inserted into the through holes 213a and 213b and the through hole 214a, and the screws are screwed into screw holes (not shown) formed at the rear end portion of the lower surface of the original cover 23. As a result, the case member 210 is fixed to the original cover 23 (see FIG. 18).
 回動部材220は本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の回動部材220は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図19、図22および図26に示す如く、回動部材220は胴体部221および取り付け部222を有する。
The rotating member 220 is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention.
The rotating member 220 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 19, 22, and 26, the rotation member 220 has a body portion 221 and an attachment portion 222.
 胴体部221は回動部材220の胴体を成す部分である。図26に示す如く、本実施形態の胴体部221は一対の板面を上面および下面とする概ね板状の部分である。 The body part 221 is a part that forms the body of the rotating member 220. As shown in FIG. 26, the body portion 221 of the present embodiment is a substantially plate-shaped portion having a pair of plate surfaces as an upper surface and a lower surface.
 胴体部221には第一カム部221aが形成される。
 第一カム部221aは本発明に係る第一カム部の実施の一形態であり、胴体部221の上面の左半部から上方に突出する塊状の部分である。
 第一カム部221aには貫通孔221cが形成される。貫通孔221cは第一カム部221aの左側面後部から右側面後部までを貫通する孔である。
A first cam portion 221 a is formed on the body portion 221.
The first cam portion 221 a is an embodiment of the first cam portion according to the present invention, and is a massive portion that protrudes upward from the left half of the upper surface of the body portion 221.
A through hole 221c is formed in the first cam portion 221a. The through hole 221c is a hole penetrating from the left side rear part to the right side rear part of the first cam part 221a.
 胴体部221には第二カム部221bが形成される。
 第二カム部221bは本発明に係る第二カム部の実施の一形態であり、胴体部221の上面の右半部から上方に突出する塊状の部分である。
A second cam portion 221 b is formed on the body portion 221.
The second cam portion 221b is an embodiment of the second cam portion according to the present invention, and is a massive portion protruding upward from the right half of the upper surface of the body portion 221.
 胴体部221には突起部221dが形成される。突起部221dは一対の板面を左右側面とする板状の部分であり、胴体部221の上面の右端部(第二カム部221bよりも右側となる位置)から上方に突出する。
 突起部221dには貫通孔221eが形成される。貫通孔221eは突起部221dの左右の板面を貫通する孔である。
 第一カム部221aに形成された貫通孔221cおよび突起部221dに形成された貫通孔221eは一直線に並ぶように配置され、貫通孔221cおよび貫通孔221eを合わせたものの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
A protrusion 221 d is formed on the body 221. The protruding portion 221d is a plate-shaped portion having a pair of plate surfaces as left and right side surfaces, and protrudes upward from a right end portion (a position on the right side of the second cam portion 221b) of the upper surface of the body portion 221.
A through hole 221e is formed in the protrusion 221d. The through hole 221e is a hole that penetrates the left and right plate surfaces of the protrusion 221d.
The through hole 221c formed in the first cam portion 221a and the through hole 221e formed in the protrusion 221d are arranged in a straight line, and the longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the combination of the through hole 221c and the through hole 221e is Parallel to the left-right direction.
 取り付け部222は回動部材220の下半部を成す部分である。図26に示す如く、本実施形態の取り付け部222は上下方向に延びた概ね直方体形状の部分である。取り付け部222の上端部は胴体部221の下面の左半部に繋がっており、取り付け部222の下端部はやや先細っている。 The attachment portion 222 is a portion that forms the lower half of the rotating member 220. As shown in FIG. 26, the attachment portion 222 of the present embodiment is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion extending in the vertical direction. The upper end portion of the attachment portion 222 is connected to the left half of the lower surface of the body portion 221, and the lower end portion of the attachment portion 222 is slightly tapered.
 本実施形態では、本体22の上面後端部に形成された平面視略正方形状の穴(不図示)に取り付け部222を嵌装することにより、回動部材220が本体22に固定される(図18参照)。 In the present embodiment, the rotation member 220 is fixed to the main body 22 by fitting the mounting portion 222 into a hole (not shown) in a substantially square shape in plan view formed at the rear end portion of the upper surface of the main body 22 ( (See FIG. 18).
 図1に示すヒンジ100の場合、本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態であるケース部材110が本発明に係る第一連結対象物実施の一形態である本体12に固定されるとともに、本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である回動部材120が本発明に係る第二連結対象物実施の一形態である原稿圧着板13に固定される。
 これに対して、図18に示すヒンジ200の場合、本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態であるケース部材210が本発明に係る第二連結対象物実施の一形態である原稿圧着板23に固定されるとともに、本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である回動部材220が本発明に係る第一連結対象物実施の一形態である本体22に固定される。
 このように、本発明に係る第一ウイング部材および第二ウイング部材のうち、いずれか一方が第一連結対象物に固定され、他方が第二連結対象物に固定されれば良い。
In the case of the hinge 100 shown in FIG. 1, while the case member 110 which is one embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention is fixed to the main body 12 which is one embodiment of the first connection object according to the present invention. The rotating member 120, which is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention, is fixed to the manuscript crimping plate 13, which is an embodiment of the second connection object according to the present invention.
On the other hand, in the case of the hinge 200 shown in FIG. 18, the case member 210 which is one embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention is a document crimping which is one embodiment of the second connection object according to the present invention. While being fixed to the board 23, the rotation member 220 which is one Embodiment of the 2nd wing member which concerns on this invention is fixed to the main body 22 which is one Embodiment of the 1st connection target object concerning this invention.
Thus, any one of the first wing member and the second wing member according to the present invention may be fixed to the first connection object and the other may be fixed to the second connection object.
 回動ピン230は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図20および図21に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン230は胴体部231および頭部232を有し、胴体部231の一端部(先端部)にカシメ穴231aが形成される金属製の部材である。
 本実施形態の回動ピン230の基本的な構成は図8に示す回動ピン130と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
 図21に示す如く、回動ピン230の胴体部231を左から順に貫通孔215a、貫通孔221c、貫通孔215b、貫通孔221eおよび貫通孔215cに貫装することにより、回動部材220は回動ピン230を介してケース部材210に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、ヒンジ200により原稿圧着板23(の下面後端部)が本体22(の上面後端部)に回動可能に連結される。
The rotation pin 230 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the rotation pin 230 of the present embodiment has a body portion 231 and a head portion 232, and is made of metal in which a caulking hole 231 a is formed in one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 231. It is a member.
The basic configuration of the rotation pin 230 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the rotation pin 130 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 21, the rotating member 220 is rotated by inserting the body portion 231 of the rotating pin 230 into the through hole 215a, the through hole 221c, the through hole 215b, the through hole 221e, and the through hole 215c in order from the left. Via the moving pin 230, the case member 210 is pivotally connected. As a result, the document crimping plate 23 (the lower rear end portion thereof) is pivotally connected to the main body 22 (the upper rear end portion thereof) by the hinge 200. The
 図23に示す如く、回動部材220が回動ピン230を介してケース部材210に回動可能に連結されたとき、第一カム部221aはケース部材210に形成された第一収容室211の第一開口部211aに対向する。
 図24に示す如く、回動部材220が回動ピン230を介してケース部材210に回動可能に連結されたとき、第二カム部221bはケース部材210に形成された第二収容室212の第二開口部212aに対向する。
As shown in FIG. 23, when the rotation member 220 is rotatably connected to the case member 210 via the rotation pin 230, the first cam portion 221 a is in the first storage chamber 211 formed in the case member 210. Opposite the first opening 211a.
As shown in FIG. 24, when the rotation member 220 is rotatably connected to the case member 210 via the rotation pin 230, the second cam portion 221 b is formed in the second storage chamber 212 formed in the case member 210. Opposite the second opening 212a.
 第一スライダ240は本発明に係る第一スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ240は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図23および図27に示す如く、第一スライダ240は当接部241、ガイド部242・242および筒部243を有する。
The first slider 240 is an embodiment of the first slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 240 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 23 and 27, the first slider 240 has a contact portion 241, guide portions 242 and 242, and a cylindrical portion 243.
 図27に示す如く、当接部241は一対の板面を有する薄い直方体部分と、円柱を軸線を通る平面で二分割した形状の半円柱部分と、を有する。
 当接部241の半円柱部分が直方体部分の一方の板面の上に積層されることにより、当該半円柱部分が当該薄い直方体から突出した突起を成す。当該半円柱部分の外周面(曲面)に相当する面は当接面241aを成す。
As shown in FIG. 27, the contact portion 241 has a thin rectangular parallelepiped portion having a pair of plate surfaces, and a semi-cylindrical portion having a shape obtained by dividing a cylinder into two by a plane passing through the axis.
The semi-cylindrical portion of the contact portion 241 is stacked on one plate surface of the rectangular parallelepiped portion, so that the semi-cylindrical portion forms a protrusion protruding from the thin rectangular parallelepiped portion. A surface corresponding to the outer peripheral surface (curved surface) of the semi-cylindrical portion forms a contact surface 241a.
 ガイド部242・242は概ね角が丸められた直方体形状を有する。ガイド部242・242は当接部241の左右の側面に繋がっている。 The guide portions 242, 242 have a rectangular parallelepiped shape with rounded corners. The guide parts 242 and 242 are connected to the left and right side surfaces of the contact part 241.
 筒部243は概ね円筒形状を有する。筒部243の一端部は当接部241の他方の板面(二分割された円柱形状の突起が積層されていない方の板面)に繋がっている。 The cylinder part 243 has a substantially cylindrical shape. One end portion of the cylindrical portion 243 is connected to the other plate surface of the contact portion 241 (the plate surface on which the two divided cylindrical protrusions are not stacked).
 図23に示す如く、第一スライダ240はケース部材210の第一収容室211に収容される。
 第一収容室211に収容された第一スライダ240は第一収容室211の内周面に当接する。また、第一収容室211に収容された第一スライダ240は第一開口部211aから突出する方向および第一収容室211の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第一スライダ240が第一収容室211に収容されたとき、当接部241の薄い直方体部分の四つの端面はそれぞれ第一収容室211の内周面(四つの内壁面)に摺動可能に当接するとともに、ガイド部242・242はガイド溝211b・211bに摺動可能に係合する。
As shown in FIG. 23, the first slider 240 is housed in the first housing chamber 211 of the case member 210.
The first slider 240 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 211 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 211. The first slider 240 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 211 is movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 211 a and a direction immersing in the interior (back part) of the first accommodation chamber 211.
More specifically, when the first slider 240 is accommodated in the first accommodating chamber 211, the four end surfaces of the thin rectangular parallelepiped portion of the contact portion 241 are the inner peripheral surfaces (four inner wall surfaces) of the first accommodating chamber 211, respectively. The guide portions 242 and 242 are slidably engaged with the guide grooves 211b and 211b.
 第一バネ250は本発明に係る第一付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一バネ250は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図23に示す如く、第一バネ250はケース部材210の第一収容室211に収容される。
 第一収容室211に収容された第一バネ250の一端部は第一収容室211の底面に当接し、第一バネ250の他端部は第一スライダ240の筒部243に嵌装されるとともに当接部241の他方の板面(二分割された円柱形状の突起が積層されていない方の板面)に当接する。
 従って、第一バネ250は第一スライダ240を第一収容室211の第一開口部211aから突出する方向に付勢し、第一スライダ240の当接部241の当接面241aは回動部材220の第一カム部221aに当接する。
 その結果、第一バネ250の付勢力は第一スライダ240を経て回動部材220に伝達されるので、回動部材220はケース部材210に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動する方向に付勢され、原稿圧着板23は本体22に対して開く方向に付勢される(図18参照)。
The first spring 250 is an embodiment of the first biasing member according to the present invention.
The first spring 250 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 23, the first spring 250 is housed in the first housing chamber 211 of the case member 210.
One end portion of the first spring 250 housed in the first housing chamber 211 abuts on the bottom surface of the first housing chamber 211, and the other end portion of the first spring 250 is fitted into the cylindrical portion 243 of the first slider 240. At the same time, it comes into contact with the other plate surface of the contact portion 241 (the plate surface on which the two divided cylindrical projections are not stacked).
Accordingly, the first spring 250 urges the first slider 240 in a direction protruding from the first opening 211a of the first storage chamber 211, and the contact surface 241a of the contact portion 241 of the first slider 240 is a rotating member. 220 abuts on the first cam portion 221a.
As a result, the urging force of the first spring 250 is transmitted to the rotating member 220 via the first slider 240, so that the rotating member 220 rotates clockwise with respect to the case member 210 when viewed from the right side. The original pressing plate 23 is urged in the opening direction with respect to the main body 22 (see FIG. 18).
 第二スライダ260は本発明に係る第二スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ260は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図28に示す如く、第二スライダ260は細長い直方体の一方の端部を当該直方体の長手方向に対して斜めに切除するとともに外周面(四つの側面)に長手方向に延びた溝を形成した形状を有する。
The second slider 260 is an embodiment of the second slide member according to the present invention.
The second slider 260 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 28, the second slider 260 has a shape in which one end of an elongated rectangular parallelepiped is cut obliquely with respect to the longitudinal direction of the rectangular parallelepiped and a groove extending in the longitudinal direction is formed on the outer peripheral surface (four side surfaces). Have
 第二スライダ260の一端部には当接面261が形成される。当接面261は第二スライダ260の長手方向に対して傾斜した平面(第二スライダ260の長手方向に対して垂直ではなく、かつ平行ではない平面)である。 A contact surface 261 is formed at one end of the second slider 260. The contact surface 261 is a plane that is inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the second slider 260 (a plane that is not perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the second slider 260 and is not parallel).
 第二スライダ260の外周面にはガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fが形成される。ガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fは第二スライダ260の長手方向に延びた溝である。 Guide grooves 262a, 262b, 262c, 262d, 262e, and 262f are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260. The guide grooves 262a, 262b, 262c, 262d, 262e, and 262f are grooves extending in the longitudinal direction of the second slider 260.
 第二スライダ260にはバネ受け穴263が形成される。
 バネ受け穴263は第二スライダ260の他端部(当接面261が形成される端部の反対側の端部)に開口する穴である。
A spring receiving hole 263 is formed in the second slider 260.
The spring receiving hole 263 is a hole that opens to the other end of the second slider 260 (the end opposite to the end where the contact surface 261 is formed).
 図24に示す如く、第二スライダ260はケース部材210の第二収容室212に収容される。
 第二収容室212に収容された第二スライダ260は第二収容室212の内周面に当接する。また、第二収容室212に収容された第二スライダ260は第二開口部212aから突出する方向および第二収容室212の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第二スライダ260の外周面に形成されたガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fが第二収容室212の内周面に形成されたガイド突起212b・212b・・・に摺動可能に係合する(図25および図28参照)。
As shown in FIG. 24, the second slider 260 is housed in the second housing chamber 212 of the case member 210.
The second slider 260 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 212 abuts on the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber 212. Further, the second slider 260 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 212 is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 212 a and a direction immersing in the interior (back part) of the second accommodation chamber 212.
More specifically, guide grooves 262 a, 262 b, 262 c, 262 d, 262 e, and 262 f formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260 are guided protrusions 212 b, 212 b,. Slidably engage with (see FIGS. 25 and 28).
 第二スライダ260の外周面と第二収容室212の内周面との当接部分には、グリスが塗布される。換言すれば、第二スライダ260と第二収容室212の内周面との隙間(ガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fとガイド突起212b・212b・・・との隙間を含む)にはグリスが配置される。
 第二スライダ260と第二収容室212の内周面との隙間に配置されるグリスは本発明に係る粘性体の実施の一形態である。
Grease is applied to the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212. In other words, a gap between the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 (including a gap between the guide grooves 262a, 262b, 262c, 262d, 262e, 262f and the guide protrusions 212b, 212b,...). Grease is placed in the area.
The grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 is an embodiment of the viscous body according to the present invention.
 第二バネ270は本発明に係る第二付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二バネ270は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図24に示す如く、第二バネ270はケース部材210の第二収容室212に収容される。
 第二収容室212に収容された第二バネ270の一端部は第二収容室212の底面に当接し、第二バネ270の他端部は第二スライダ260のバネ受け穴263に収容されるとともにバネ受け穴263の内部に形成された段差面に当接する。
 従って、第二バネ270は第二スライダ260を第二収容室212の第二開口部212aから突出する方向に付勢する。
The second spring 270 is an embodiment of the second urging member according to the present invention.
The second spring 270 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 24, the second spring 270 is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 212 of the case member 210.
One end of the second spring 270 housed in the second housing chamber 212 abuts the bottom surface of the second housing chamber 212, and the other end of the second spring 270 is housed in the spring receiving hole 263 of the second slider 260. At the same time, it abuts on a step surface formed in the spring receiving hole 263.
Accordingly, the second spring 270 biases the second slider 260 in a direction protruding from the second opening 212 a of the second storage chamber 212.
 以下では、図18、図23および図24を用いて原稿圧着板23を閉じるときのヒンジ200の挙動について説明する。
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板23が完全に閉じたとき、すなわち原稿圧着板23の下面が本体22の上面に当接しているときの原稿圧着板23の回動角度θ(本体22に対する原稿圧着板23の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板23が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板23の回動角度θを定義する(図18参照)。
Hereinafter, the behavior of the hinge 200 when the original cover 23 is closed will be described with reference to FIGS. 18, 23, and 24.
In the present embodiment, when the original cover 23 is completely closed, that is, when the lower surface of the original cover 23 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 22, the rotation angle θ of the original press plate 23 (the original press plate with respect to the main body 22). The rotation angle θ of the original 23 is “0 °”, and the original pressure plate 23 is increased so that the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive) when the original pressure plate 23 rotates in the opening direction. Is defined (see FIG. 18).
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが35°以上(θ≧35°)の場合には原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属し、原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが35°未満(0°≦θ<35°)の場合には原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する。 In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 23 is 35 ° or more (θ ≧ 35 °), the document crimping plate 23 belongs to the “free stop region”, and the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 23 is. Is less than 35 ° (0 ° ≦ θ <35 °), the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”.
 本実施形態における「フリーストップ領域」は、(A2)「原稿圧着板23の重量に起因して回動ピン230を中心として回動部材220に作用する回転力(モーメント)」と(B2)「第一バネ250の付勢力に起因して回動ピン230を中心として回動部材220に作用する回転力(モーメント)」とが平衡する領域である。 The “free stop area” in the present embodiment includes (A2) “rotational force (moment) acting on the rotation member 220 around the rotation pin 230 due to the weight of the original cover 23” and (B2) “ This is a region where the rotational force (moment) acting on the rotational member 220 around the rotational pin 230 due to the biasing force of the first spring 250 is balanced.
 原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材220の第一カム部221aは第一スライダ240の当接部241の当接面241aに当接する。
 また、原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材220の第二カム部221bは第二スライダ260から離間している(第二スライダ260に当接しない)。
When the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop region”, the first cam portion 221 a of the rotating member 220 comes into contact with the contact surface 241 a of the contact portion 241 of the first slider 240.
Further, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop area”, the second cam portion 221 b of the rotating member 220 is separated from the second slider 260 (does not contact the second slider 260).
 原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板23が閉じる方向に回動した場合、(A2)の回転力は増大する。
 一方、原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板23が閉じる方向に回動した場合、ケース部材210が回動部材220に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材220の第一カム部221aと第一スライダ240の当接部241の当接面241aとの当接部位が変化し、第一スライダ240は第一収容室211の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
 第一スライダ240が第一収容室211の内部に没入する方向に移動することにより、第一バネ250は圧縮され(第一バネ250の全長は小さくなり)、第一バネ250の付勢力が増大し、(B2)の回転力が増大する。
 その結果、原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが変化しても(A2)の回転力と(B2)の回転力とが平衡する。より厳密には、原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが変化しても(A2)の回転力と(B2)の回転力とが平衡するように第一カム部221aおよび当接部241の形状が予め設定される。
 従って、原稿圧着板23が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板23から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板23の回動角度θは保持される。
When the original cover 23 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotational force (A2) increases.
On the other hand, when the original cover 23 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop area”, the case member 210 rotates clockwise with respect to the rotating member 220 as viewed from the right side. The contact portion between the first cam portion 221a of the rotating member 220 and the contact surface 241a of the contact portion 241 of the first slider 240 changes, and the first slider 240 is immersed in the first storage chamber 211. Move in the direction.
When the first slider 240 moves in the direction of immersing into the first storage chamber 211, the first spring 250 is compressed (the overall length of the first spring 250 is reduced), and the biasing force of the first spring 250 is increased. And the rotational force of (B2) increases.
As a result, when the document crimping plate 23 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A2) and the rotational force (B2) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 23 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A2) and the rotational force (B2) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 23 changes. The shapes of the first cam portion 221a and the contact portion 241 are set in advance.
Therefore, when the operator releases his / her hand from the original cover 23 when the original cover 23 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 23 is maintained.
 本実施形態における「落下領域」は(A2)の回転力が(B2)の回転力よりも大きくなる領域である。
 原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板23から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板23は自重(厳密には、(A2)の回転力と(B2)の回転力との差分)により閉じる方向に回動する。
The “falling area” in the present embodiment is an area where the rotational force of (A2) is larger than the rotational force of (B2).
When the operator releases his / her hand from the original pressure plate 23 when the original pressure plate 23 belongs to the “falling area”, the original pressure plate 23 has its own weight (strictly speaking, the rotational force of (A2) and the rotation of (B2). It rotates in the closing direction by the difference between the force and the force.
 原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材220の第一カム部221aは第一スライダ240の当接部241の当接面241aに当接する。
 しかし、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材210に対する第一スライダ240の位置が変化しない。より厳密には、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材210に対する第一スライダ240の位置が変化しないように第一カム部221aおよび当接部241の形状が予め設定される。
 その結果、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するときには(B2)の回転力は実質的にゼロとなり、(A2)の回転力が(B2)の回転力よりも大きくなる。
When the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion 221 a of the rotating member 220 comes into contact with the contact surface 241 a of the contact portion 241 of the first slider 240.
However, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the position of the first slider 240 relative to the case member 210 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 23 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion prevents the position of the first slider 240 relative to the case member 210 from changing even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 23 changes. The shapes of the 221a and the contact portion 241 are set in advance.
As a result, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotational force in (B2) is substantially zero, and the rotational force in (A2) is larger than the rotational force in (B2).
 原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材220の第二カム部221bは第二スライダ260の当接面261に当接する。
 従って、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板23が閉じる方向に回動した場合、ケース部材210が回動部材220に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材220の第二カム部221bと第二スライダ260の当接面261との当接部位が変化し、第二スライダ260は第二収容室212の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
When the document crimping plate 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 221 b of the rotating member 220 contacts the contact surface 261 of the second slider 260.
Therefore, when the original cover 23 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling area”, the case member 210 rotates clockwise with respect to the rotating member 220 in the right side view, The contact portion between the second cam portion 221 b of the rotating member 220 and the contact surface 261 of the second slider 260 changes, and the second slider 260 moves in the direction of immersing into the second storage chamber 212.
 第二スライダ260が第二収容室212の内部に没入する方向に移動するとき、第二スライダ260には第二スライダ260の外周面と第二収容室212の内周面との当接部分に塗布されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が作用する。
 従って、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するときには、(A2)の回転力の一部がグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力により相殺され、原稿圧着板23が閉じる方向に回動する速度が遅くなる(緩和される)。
 その結果、原稿圧着板23は本体22の上面に柔らかく当接するので、原稿圧着板23は緩やかかつ確実に閉じられる。
When the second slider 260 moves in the direction of immersing into the second storage chamber 212, the second slider 260 has a contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212. A resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the applied grease acts.
Accordingly, when the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, a part of the rotational force (A2) is offset by the resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the grease, and the speed at which the original cover 23 rotates in the closing direction. Becomes slower (relaxed).
As a result, the original cover 23 is softly in contact with the upper surface of the main body 22, so that the original cover 23 is closed gently and reliably.
 なお、作業者が原稿圧着板23を手で持って原稿圧着板23を開く方向に回動させた場合、第二スライダ260は、第二バネ270の付勢力によりグリスの粘性抵抗に抗して第二開口部212aから突出する方向に移動するので、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属するときには「回動部材220の第二カム部221bが第二スライダ260の当接面261に当接した状態」が保持される。 When the operator holds the document crimping plate 23 by hand and rotates the document crimping plate 23 in the opening direction, the second slider 260 resists the viscous resistance of grease by the urging force of the second spring 270. Since it moves in a direction protruding from the second opening 212 a, when the document crimping plate 23 belongs to the “falling region”, “the second cam portion 221 b of the rotating member 220 contacts the contact surface 261 of the second slider 260. State "is maintained.
 以上の如く、ヒンジ200は、
 本体22に原稿圧着板23を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部211aを有する第一収容室211および第二開口部212aを有する第二収容室212が形成され、複合機21の原稿圧着板23に固定されるケース部材210と、
 複合機21の本体22に固定され、ケース部材210に回動可能に連結される回動部材220と、
 第一収容室211に収容され、第一収容室211の内周面に当接しつつ第一開口部211aから突出する方向および第一収容室211の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ240と、
 第一収容室211に収容され、第一スライダ240を第一開口部211aから突出する方向に付勢する第一バネ250と、
 第二収容室212に収容され、第二収容室212の内周面に当接しつつ第二開口部212aから突出する方向および第二収容室212の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライダ260と、
 第二収容室212に収容され、第二スライダ260を第二開口部212aから突出する方向に付勢する第二バネ270と、
 を具備し、
 回動部材220には、第一スライダ240(の当接部241の当接面241a)に当接する第一カム部221aが形成されるとともに第二スライダ260(の当接面261)に当接する第二カム部221bが形成され、
 第二スライダ260と第二収容室212の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板23を緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 200 is
A hinge for connecting the document pressing plate 23 to the main body 22 so as to be openable and closable;
A case member 210 which is formed with a first storage chamber 211 having a first opening 211a and a second storage chamber 212 having a second opening 212a and which is fixed to the document crimping plate 23 of the multifunction device 21;
A rotating member 220 fixed to the main body 22 of the multi-function device 21 and rotatably connected to the case member 210;
A first slider which is accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 211 and is movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 211a and a direction immersing in the first accommodation chamber 211 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 211 240,
A first spring 250 housed in the first housing chamber 211 and biasing the first slider 240 in a direction protruding from the first opening 211a;
A second slider accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 212 and movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 212a and a direction immersing in the second accommodation chamber 212 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber 212 260,
A second spring 270 housed in the second housing chamber 212 and biasing the second slider 260 in a direction protruding from the second opening 212a;
Comprising
The rotating member 220 is formed with a first cam portion 221a that contacts the first slider 240 (the contact surface 241a of the contact portion 241) and also contacts the second slider 260 (the contact surface 261). A second cam portion 221b is formed,
Grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212.
With this configuration, the original cover 23 can be closed gently and reliably.
 また、ヒンジ200は、図1に示すヒンジ100と同様に、複合機21の原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、ケース部材210に対する第二スライダ260の回動角度当たりの移動量がケース部材210に対する第一スライダ240の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二スライダ260が第一スライダ240よりも大きく移動することとなり、第二スライダ260と第二収容室212の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A2)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として有効に利用することが可能である。
Similarly to the hinge 100 shown in FIG. 1, the hinge 200 moves relative to the case member 210 when the document pressing plate 23 of the multi-function peripheral 21 rotates in the “falling area” (in the “falling area”). The amount of movement of the second slider 260 per rotation angle is larger than the amount of movement of the first slider 240 relative to the case member 210 per rotation angle.
With this configuration, the second slider 260 moves more than the first slider 240 in a state in which the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, and the inside of the second slider 260 and the second storage chamber 212. It is possible to effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap with the peripheral surface as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A2).
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板23の回動角度θが小さくなるとき、第二カム部221bはケース部材210に対して相対的には概ね上方に移動する。
 このとき、ケース部材210に対する第二カム部221bの相対的な移動方向に対して緩く傾斜した(ケース部材210に対する第二カム部221bの相対的な移動方向に対して垂直でないが垂直に近い角度を成す)当接面261が第二カム部221bに当接するため、第二スライダ260はケース部材210に対する第二カム部221bの相対的な移動方向に対して概ね垂直な方向である前方に移動する。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板23が「落下領域」に属する状態ではケース部材210に対する第二カム部221bの相対的な移動量よりもケース部材210に対する第二スライダ260の移動量を大きく設定することが可能であり、第二スライダ260と第二収容室212の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A2)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として更に有効に利用することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 23 becomes small with the original cover 23 belonging to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 221 b is substantially upward relative to the case member 210. Moving.
At this time, the second cam portion 221b is relatively gently inclined with respect to the moving direction of the second cam portion 221b with respect to the case member 210 (an angle that is not perpendicular to the relative moving direction of the second cam portion 221b with respect to the case member 210 but is nearly perpendicular). Since the contact surface 261 contacts the second cam portion 221b, the second slider 260 moves forward in a direction substantially perpendicular to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 221b with respect to the case member 210. To do.
With this configuration, in the state where the original cover 23 belongs to the “falling region”, the movement amount of the second slider 260 relative to the case member 210 is set to be larger than the relative movement amount of the second cam portion 221b relative to the case member 210. The resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 can be set to a part of the rotational force (A2). It can be used more effectively as a canceling force.
 本実施形態では第二スライダ260の外周面にガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fを形成するとともに第二収容室212の内周面にガイド突起212b・212b・・・を形成し、これらを摺動可能に係合させるとともにこれらの隙間にグリスを塗布する(グリスを配置する)。
 このように構成することにより、第二スライダ260の外周面と第二収容室212の内周面とが当接する面積を大きくし、ひいてはケース部材210に対して第二スライダ260が移動するときに剪断されるグリスの量を多くすることが可能であり、グリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A2)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として更に有効に利用することが可能である。
In this embodiment, guide grooves 262 a, 262 b, 262 c, 262 d, 262 e, 262 f are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260, and guide protrusions 212 b, 212 b... Are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212. Then, these are slidably engaged and grease is applied to these gaps (the grease is disposed).
By configuring in this way, the area where the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 come into contact with each other is increased, and as a result, when the second slider 260 moves relative to the case member 210. The amount of grease to be sheared can be increased, and the resistance force resulting from the viscous resistance of the grease can be used more effectively as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A2).
 図5に示す如く、ヒンジ100の場合、回動ピン130により回動部材120に回動可能に連結されたケース部材110の第一開口部118aおよび第二開口部119aは回動ピン130の周方向に並んで(回動ピン130の軸線(中心線)を中心とする円周上に)配置される。また、回動ピン130によりケース部材110に回動可能に連結された回動部材120の第一カム部121bおよび第二カム部121cは回動ピン130の周方向に並んで配置される。 As shown in FIG. 5, in the case of the hinge 100, the first opening 118 a and the second opening 119 a of the case member 110 that are rotatably connected to the rotation member 120 by the rotation pin 130 are the periphery of the rotation pin 130. They are arranged side by side (on a circumference centered on the axis (center line) of the rotation pin 130). Further, the first cam portion 121 b and the second cam portion 121 c of the rotation member 120 that are rotatably connected to the case member 110 by the rotation pin 130 are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation pin 130.
 これに対して、図23および図24に示す如く、ヒンジ200の場合、回動ピン230により回動部材220に回動可能に連結されたケース部材210の第一開口部211aおよび第二開口部212aは回動ピン230の軸線方向(長手方向)に並んで配置される。また、回動ピン230によりケース部材210に回動可能に連結された回動部材220の第一カム部221aおよび第二カム部221bは回動ピン230の軸線方向(長手方向)に並んで配置される。 On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, in the case of the hinge 200, the first opening portion 211a and the second opening portion of the case member 210 that are rotatably connected to the rotating member 220 by the rotating pin 230. 212 a is arranged side by side in the axial direction (longitudinal direction) of the rotation pin 230. Further, the first cam portion 221 a and the second cam portion 221 b of the rotation member 220 that are rotatably connected to the case member 210 by the rotation pin 230 are arranged side by side in the axial direction (longitudinal direction) of the rotation pin 230. Is done.
 (α)第一開口部および第二開口部を回動軸の周方向に並べて配置するとともに第一カム部および第二カム部を回動軸の周方向に並べて配置した場合と(β)第一開口部および第二開口部を回動軸の軸線方向に並べて配置するとともに第一カム部および第二カム部を回動軸の軸線方向に並べて配置した場合とでは、以下の如き相違を有する。 (Α) the first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft, and the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft; There are the following differences between the case where the first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation shaft and the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged in the axial direction of the rotation shaft. .
 第一に、(β)の場合は、(α)の場合よりも第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動角度の範囲(第一連結対象物に対する第二連結対象物の回動角度の範囲)、すなわち回動角度の上限値と下限値の差分を大きく設定することが容易であるという利点を有する。これは、(α)の場合には第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動角度の範囲を大きく設定しようとするほど第一カム部と第二カム部との重複部分が大きくなる傾向があるため、結果としてヒンジを設計する上での制約が厳しくなるのに対して、(β)の場合には第一カム部と第二カム部とを回動軸の軸線方向において容易かつ明確に分離することが可能であることによる。
 第二に、(α)の場合は、(β)の場合よりも回動軸の軸線方向においてヒンジを小型化し易いという利点を有する。
 従って、上記した作用効果上の相違あるいはヒンジの用途等に応じて、(α)の場合または(β)の場合のいずれを採用するかを適宜選択することが望ましい。
First, in the case of (β), the range of the rotation angle of the second wing member relative to the first wing member (the rotation angle of the second connection object relative to the first connection object is greater than in the case of (α). Range), that is, it is easy to set a large difference between the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the rotation angle. In the case of (α), the overlapping portion of the first cam portion and the second cam portion tends to increase as the range of the rotation angle of the second wing member relative to the first wing member is set to be larger. As a result, restrictions on designing the hinge become severe as a result. In the case of (β), the first cam portion and the second cam portion are easily and clearly defined in the axial direction of the rotation shaft. Because it is possible to separate.
Secondly, (α) has an advantage that the hinge can be easily miniaturized in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, compared with (β).
Therefore, it is desirable to appropriately select which one of (α) and (β) is adopted according to the above-described difference in operational effects or the use of the hinge.
 本実施形態では、ケース部材210の第二収容室212の内周面にガイド突起212b・212b・・・を形成するとともに第二スライダ260の外周面にガイド溝262a・262b・262c・262d・262e・262fを形成することにより、第二スライダ260の外周面と第二収容室212の内周面との当接部分の面積を大きくし、ひいては第二スライダ260と第二収容室212との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A2)の回転力の一部を相殺する力としてより有効に利用することが可能である。 In this embodiment, guide protrusions 212b, 212b,... Are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 of the case member 210, and guide grooves 262a, 262b, 262c, 262d, 262e are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260. -By forming 262f, the area of the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 260 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 212 is increased, and as a result, the gap between the second slider 260 and the second storage chamber 212 is increased. It is possible to more effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the position as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A2).
 本実施形態は、「落下領域」において第二スライダ260と第二収容室212との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が回動部材220に作用する「原稿圧着板23を閉じる方向の回転力((A2)の回転力)」の一部を相殺するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第二スライダ260と第二収容室212との隙間を更に狭くする(グリスが配置される場合よりも狭くする)ことにより、「落下領域」において第二スライダ260と第二収容室212との隙間(当接部分)に摩擦力を発生させ、当該摩擦力が回動部材220に作用する「原稿圧着板23を閉じる方向の回転力」の一部を相殺しても良い。
In the present embodiment, in the “falling region”, a “resisting force of the original pressure plate 23 is applied to the rotating member 220 due to the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 260 and the second storage chamber 212. A part of the “rotational force in the closing direction (rotational force of (A2))” is offset, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, by further narrowing the gap between the second slider 260 and the second storage chamber 212 (making it narrower than when grease is disposed), the second slider 260 and the second storage chamber 212 in the “falling region” A frictional force may be generated in the gap (abutting portion), and a part of the “rotating force in the direction of closing the document pressing plate 23” acting on the rotating member 220 may be canceled out.
 本実施形態では第二カム部221bと第二スライダ260との当接部分のうち、第二カム部221bにおける当接面は上方に突出した曲面(上に凸の曲面)であり、第二スライダ260における当接面261は概ね平面であるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、図29に示す如く、第二カム部221bと第二スライダ260との当接部分のうち、第二カム部221bにおける当接面は概ね平面であり、第二スライダ260における当接面266が曲面であっても良い。
 すなわち、「第二連結対象物が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、第一ウイング部材に対する第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量が第一ウイング部材に対する第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きくなる」という要件を満たす第二カム部および第二スライド部材の形状の組み合わせは複数存在し、これらの組み合わせの中から適宜選択することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, of the contact portion between the second cam portion 221b and the second slider 260, the contact surface of the second cam portion 221b is a curved surface protruding upward (curved upward curved surface), and the second slider The contact surface 261 at 260 is generally flat, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, as shown in FIG. 29, the contact surface of the second cam portion 221b of the contact portion of the second cam portion 221b and the second slider 260 is substantially flat, and the contact surface 266 of the second slider 260 is substantially flat. May be a curved surface.
That is, when the “second connection object is rotated in the“ fall region ”(within the“ fall region ”), the movement amount of the second slide member relative to the first wing member per rotation angle is the first. There are a plurality of combinations of the shapes of the second cam portion and the second slide member that satisfy the requirement that “the displacement per rotation angle of the first slide member relative to the wing member is larger”, and an appropriate selection is made from these combinations. Is possible.
 以下では図30から図41を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態であるヒンジ300について説明する。 Hereinafter, the hinge 300 which is the third embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 to 41.
 図30に示す如く、ヒンジ300は複合機31の本体32に原稿圧着板33を回動可能に連結する。
 複合機31は事務機器の実施の一形態である。複合機31は本体32および原稿圧着板33を具備する。
 複合機31、本体32および原稿圧着板33の基本的な構成および機能は図1に示す複合機11、本体12および原稿圧着板13と概ね同じであることから、説明を省略する。
As shown in FIG. 30, the hinge 300 connects the document pressing plate 33 to the main body 32 of the multi-function device 31 in a rotatable manner.
The multifunction machine 31 is an embodiment of office equipment. The multi-function machine 31 includes a main body 32 and a document pressing plate 33.
The basic configurations and functions of the multifunction machine 31, the main body 32, and the original cover plate 33 are substantially the same as those of the multi function machine 11, the main body 12, and the original cover plate 13 shown in FIG.
 図31から図36に示す如く、ヒンジ300はケース部材310、回動部材320、回動ピン330、第一スライダ340、第一バネ350、第二スライダ360および第二バネ370を具備する。 31 to 36, the hinge 300 includes a case member 310, a rotating member 320, a rotating pin 330, a first slider 340, a first spring 350, a second slider 360, and a second spring 370.
 ケース部材310は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態のケース部材310は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図37に示す如く、ケース部材310は前面部311、後面部312、左側面部313、右側面部314および底面部315を有する。
Case member 310 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention.
The case member 310 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 37, the case member 310 has a front surface portion 311, a rear surface portion 312, a left side surface portion 313, a right side surface portion 314, and a bottom surface portion 315.
 前面部311、後面部312、左側面部313、右側面部314および底面部315はそれぞれケース部材310の前面、後面、左側面、右側面および底面を成す部分である。
 本実施形態の前面部311、後面部312、左側面部313および右側面部314は上下に長く、下方に向かって僅かに先細った細長い四角錐台形状の板であり、底面部315は概ね正方形状の板である。
 前面部311の左端部は左側面部313の前端部に繋がっており、前面部311の右端部は右側面部314の前端部に繋がっている。
 後面部312の左端部は左側面部313の後端部に繋がっており、後面部312の右端部は右側面部314の後端部に繋がっている。
 底面部315の前端部、後端部、左端部および右端部は、それぞれ前面部311の下端部、後面部312の下端部、左側面部313の下端部および右側面部314の下端部に繋がっている。
 従って、ケース部材310は上面(天井面)が開口した上下に長い概ね直方体形状の箱を成し、ケース部材310の内部にはケース部材310の上方に向かって開口した空間が形成される。
 左側面部313の上端部および右側面部314の上端部は、前面部311の上端部および後面部312の上端部よりも上方に突出している。
 左側面部313の上端部かつ後端部となる位置には貫通孔313aが形成され、右側面部314の上端部かつ後端部となる位置には貫通孔314aが形成される。
The front surface portion 311, the rear surface portion 312, the left side surface portion 313, the right side surface portion 314, and the bottom surface portion 315 are portions forming the front surface, rear surface, left side surface, right side surface, and bottom surface of the case member 310, respectively.
In the present embodiment, the front surface portion 311, the rear surface portion 312, the left side surface portion 313, and the right side surface portion 314 are elongated and truncated pyramid shaped plates that are long in the vertical direction and slightly tapered downward, and the bottom surface portion 315 has a generally square shape. It is a board.
The left end portion of the front surface portion 311 is connected to the front end portion of the left side surface portion 313, and the right end portion of the front surface portion 311 is connected to the front end portion of the right side surface portion 314.
The left end portion of the rear surface portion 312 is connected to the rear end portion of the left side surface portion 313, and the right end portion of the rear surface portion 312 is connected to the rear end portion of the right side surface portion 314.
The front end portion, rear end portion, left end portion and right end portion of the bottom surface portion 315 are connected to the lower end portion of the front surface portion 311, the lower end portion of the rear surface portion 312, the lower end portion of the left side surface portion 313 and the lower end portion of the right side surface portion 314, respectively. .
Therefore, the case member 310 forms a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box with an upper surface (ceiling surface) opened vertically, and a space opened upward from the case member 310 is formed inside the case member 310.
The upper end portion of the left side surface portion 313 and the upper end portion of the right side surface portion 314 protrude upward from the upper end portion of the front surface portion 311 and the upper end portion of the rear surface portion 312.
A through hole 313a is formed at a position that becomes the upper end portion and the rear end portion of the left side surface portion 313, and a through hole 314a is formed at a position that becomes the upper end portion and rear end portion of the right side surface portion 314.
 主収容室316は本発明に係る主収容室の実施の一形態である。主収容室316はケース部材310の内部に形成された空間(前面部311、後面部312、左側面部313、右側面部314および底面部315により囲まれた空間)である。
 主収容室316の上部は開口しており、当該開口している部分が主開口部316aを成す。すなわち、主収容室316は主開口部316aを有する。主開口部316aは本発明に係る主開口部の実施の一形態である。
The main storage chamber 316 is an embodiment of the main storage chamber according to the present invention. The main storage chamber 316 is a space (a space surrounded by the front surface portion 311, the rear surface portion 312, the left side surface portion 313, the right side surface portion 314 and the bottom surface portion 315) formed inside the case member 310.
The upper part of the main storage chamber 316 is opened, and the opened part forms a main opening 316a. That is, the main storage chamber 316 has a main opening 316a. The main opening 316a is an embodiment of the main opening according to the present invention.
 本実施形態では、本体32の上面後端部に形成された平面視略正方形状の穴(不図示)にケース部材310を嵌装することにより、ケース部材310が本体32に固定される(図30参照)。 In the present embodiment, the case member 310 is fixed to the main body 32 by fitting the case member 310 into a hole (not shown) having a substantially square shape in plan view formed at the rear end portion of the upper surface of the main body 32 (see FIG. 30).
 回動部材320は本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の回動部材320は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図35、図36および図38に示す如く、回動部材320は胴体部321および取り付け部322を有する。
The rotating member 320 is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention.
The rotating member 320 of the present embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 35, 36 and 38, the rotating member 320 has a body portion 321 and an attachment portion 322.
 胴体部321は回動部材320の胴体を成す部分である。本実施形態の胴体部321は下部に滑らかな三つの曲面が左右方向に並んで形成された塊状の部分である。
 胴体部321には貫通孔321aが形成される。貫通孔321aは胴体部321の左側面の後部から右側面の後部までを貫通する孔である。
 胴体部321には第一カム部321b・321bおよび第二カム部321cが形成される。
 第一カム部321b・321bは本発明に係る第一カム部の実施の一形態であり、第二カム部321cは本発明に係る第二カム部の実施の一形態である。
 第一カム部321b・321bは胴体部321の下部に形成された三つの曲面のうち、左端および右端に配置された曲面に対応する部分である。
 第二カム部321cは胴体部321の下部に形成された三つの曲面のうち、中央の曲面(左端および右端に配置された曲面で挟まれた曲面)に対応する部分である。
The body portion 321 is a portion that forms the body of the rotating member 320. The body portion 321 of the present embodiment is a massive portion in which three smooth curved surfaces are formed side by side in the left-right direction.
A through hole 321 a is formed in the body portion 321. The through-hole 321a is a hole penetrating from the rear part of the left side surface of the body part 321 to the rear part of the right side surface.
The body portion 321 is formed with first cam portions 321b and 321b and a second cam portion 321c.
The first cam portions 321b and 321b are an embodiment of the first cam portion according to the present invention, and the second cam portion 321c is an embodiment of the second cam portion according to the present invention.
The first cam portions 321b and 321b are portions corresponding to the curved surfaces arranged at the left end and the right end among the three curved surfaces formed in the lower portion of the body portion 321.
The second cam portion 321c is a portion corresponding to a central curved surface (a curved surface sandwiched between curved surfaces disposed at the left end and the right end) among the three curved surfaces formed at the lower portion of the body portion 321.
 図31および図38に示す如く、取り付け部322は平面視で概ね長方形状の一対の板面を上面および下面として有する板状の部分である。取り付け部322の左右中央部は胴体部321の上端部に繋がっており、取り付け部322の左端部および右端部はそれぞれ胴体部321の左側方および右側方に突出している。
 取り付け部322の左端部および右端部には貫通孔322a・322a・322a・322aが形成される。
As shown in FIGS. 31 and 38, the attachment portion 322 is a plate-like portion having a pair of generally rectangular plate surfaces as a top surface and a bottom surface in plan view. The left and right center portions of the attachment portion 322 are connected to the upper end portion of the body portion 321, and the left end portion and the right end portion of the attachment portion 322 protrude to the left side and the right side of the body portion 321, respectively.
Through holes 322 a, 322 a, 322 a, and 322 a are formed in the left end portion and the right end portion of the attachment portion 322.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔322a・322a・322a・322aに下方からネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板33の下面後端部に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、回動部材320が原稿圧着板33に固定される(図30参照)。 In the present embodiment, screws (not shown) are inserted into the through holes 322 a, 322 a, 322 a, and 322 a from below, and the screws are inserted into screw holes (not shown) formed at the rear end of the lower surface of the original pressure plate 33. By screwing, the rotating member 320 is fixed to the document pressing plate 33 (see FIG. 30).
 回動ピン330は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図32に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン330は胴体部331および頭部332を有し、胴体部331の一端部(先端部)にカシメ穴331aが形成される金属製の部材である。
 本実施形態の回動ピン330の基本的な構成は図8に示す回動ピン130と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
 図32に示す如く、回動ピン330の胴体部331を左から順に貫通孔313a、貫通孔321aおよび貫通孔314aに貫装することにより、回動部材320は回動ピン330を介してケース部材310に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、ヒンジ300により原稿圧着板33(の下面後端部)が本体32(の上面後端部)に回動可能に連結される。
The rotation pin 330 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 32, the rotation pin 330 of the present embodiment is a metal member having a body portion 331 and a head portion 332 and having a caulking hole 331a formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 331. .
The basic configuration of the rotation pin 330 of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the rotation pin 130 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 32, by rotating the body portion 331 of the rotation pin 330 in order from the left to the through hole 313a, the through hole 321a, and the through hole 314a, the rotation member 320 is connected to the case member via the rotation pin 330. 310 is connected to the main body 32 so as to be rotatable. As a result, the document pressing plate 33 (the lower rear end portion thereof) is rotatably connected to the main body 32 (the upper rear end portion thereof).
 図35に示す如く、回動部材320が回動ピン330を介してケース部材310に回動可能に連結されたとき、第一カム部321bはケース部材310に形成された主収容室316の主開口部316aに対向する。 As shown in FIG. 35, when the rotation member 320 is rotatably connected to the case member 310 via the rotation pin 330, the first cam portion 321 b is the main housing chamber 316 formed in the case member 310. Opposite the opening 316a.
 第一スライダ340は本発明に係る第一スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ340は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図35、図36、図39および図40に示す如く、第一スライダ340は主板341、一対の前面板342・342、一対の後面板343・343、左側面板344、右側面板345および胴体346を有する。
The first slider 340 is an embodiment of the first slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 340 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
35, 36, 39, and 40, the first slider 340 includes a main plate 341, a pair of front plates 342 and 342, a pair of rear plates 343 and 343, a left side plate 344, a right side plate 345, and a body 346. Have.
 主板341は平面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。主板341は一対の板面を上面および下面として有する。主板341の上面には一対の当接突起341a・341aが形成される。一対の当接突起341a・341aはいずれも主板341の上面から上方に突出する。
 一対の当接突起341a・341aのうち、一方の当接突起341aは主板141の上面の前後中央部かつ左半部となる位置に配置され、他方の当接突起341aは主板341の上面の前後中央部かつ右半部となる位置に配置される。
 従って、一対の当接突起341a・341aは主板341の上面において左右方向に間隔を空けて配置される。
The main plate 341 is a plate-like portion having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view. The main plate 341 has a pair of plate surfaces as an upper surface and a lower surface. A pair of contact protrusions 341 a and 341 a are formed on the upper surface of the main plate 341. The pair of contact protrusions 341 a and 341 a both protrude upward from the upper surface of the main plate 341.
Of the pair of contact protrusions 341a and 341a, one contact protrusion 341a is disposed at the center of the front and rear of the upper surface of the main plate 141 and the left half, and the other contact protrusion 341a is the front and rear of the upper surface of the main plate 341. It arrange | positions in the position used as a center part and a right half part.
Accordingly, the pair of contact protrusions 341a and 341a are arranged on the upper surface of the main plate 341 with a gap in the left-right direction.
 一対の前面板342・342はいずれも平面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。一対の前面板342・342はいずれも一対の板面を前面および後面として有する。
 一対の前面板342・342のうち、一方の前面板342(左側の前面板342)の上端部は主板341の前端部かつ左半部となる部分に繋がっており、他方の前面板342(右側の前面板342)の上端部は主板341の前端部かつ右半部となる部分に繋がっている。
Each of the pair of front plates 342 and 342 is a plate-like portion having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view. Each of the pair of front plates 342 and 342 has a pair of plate surfaces as a front surface and a rear surface.
Of the pair of front plates 342 and 342, the upper end of one front plate 342 (left front plate 342) is connected to the front end and left half of the main plate 341, and the other front plate 342 (right side) The upper end portion of the front plate 342) is connected to the front end portion and the right half portion of the main plate 341.
 一対の後面板343・343はいずれも平面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。一対の後面板343・343はいずれも一対の板面を前面および後面として有する。
 一対の後面板343・343のうち、一方の後面板343(左側の後面板343)の上端部は主板141の後端部かつ左半部となる部分に繋がっており、他方の後面板343(右側の後面板343)の上端部は主板341の後端部かつ右半部となる部分に繋がっている。
Each of the pair of rear plates 343 and 343 is a plate-like portion having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view. Each of the pair of rear plates 343 and 343 has a pair of plate surfaces as a front surface and a rear surface.
Of the pair of rear plates 343 and 343, the upper end of one rear plate 343 (left rear plate 343) is connected to the rear end portion and the left half of the main plate 141, and the other rear plate 343 ( The upper end of the right rear plate 343) is connected to the rear half and the right half of the main plate 341.
 左側面板344は側面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。左側面板344は一対の板面を左面および右面として有する。
 左側面板344の上端部は主板341の左端部に繋がっており、左側面板344の前端部は一方の前面板342の左端部に繋がっており、左側面板344の後端部は一方の後面板343の左端部に繋がっている。
The left side plate 344 is a plate-like portion that is substantially rectangular in a side view. The left side plate 344 has a pair of plate surfaces as a left surface and a right surface.
The upper end of the left side plate 344 is connected to the left end of the main plate 341, the front end of the left side plate 344 is connected to the left end of one front plate 342, and the rear end of the left side plate 344 is one rear plate 343. It is connected to the left end of
 右側面板345は側面視略長方形状の板状の部分である。右側面板345は一対の板面を左面および右面として有する。
 右側面板345の上端部は主板341の右端部に繋がっており、右側面板345の前端部は他方の前面板342の右端部に繋がっており、右側面板345の後端部は他方の後面板343の右端部に繋がっている。
The right side plate 345 is a plate-like portion that is substantially rectangular in side view. The right side plate 345 has a pair of plate surfaces as a left side and a right side.
The upper end portion of the right side plate 345 is connected to the right end portion of the main plate 341, the front end portion of the right side plate 345 is connected to the right end portion of the other front plate 342, and the rear end portion of the right side plate 345 is the other rear plate 343. It is connected to the right end of
 胴体346は概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体346の上半部は一対の前面板342・342、一対の後面板343・343、左側面板344および右側面板345で囲まれる空間に配置され、胴体346の上端部は主板341の下面中央部に繋がっている。
 胴体346の下半部は一対の前面板342・342、一対の後面板343・343、左側面板344および右側面板345で囲まれる空間から下方に突出している。
The body 346 is a substantially cylindrical portion. The upper half of the body 346 is disposed in a space surrounded by a pair of front plates 342 and 342, a pair of rear plates 343 and 343, a left side plate 344 and a right side plate 345, and the upper end of the body 346 is the center of the lower surface of the main plate 341. It is connected to.
The lower half of the body 346 protrudes downward from the space surrounded by the pair of front plates 342 and 342, the pair of rear plates 343 and 343, the left side plate 344 and the right side plate 345.
 図36および図39に示す如く、第一スライダ340には副収容室347が形成される。
 副収容室347は本発明に係る副収容室の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の副収容室347は胴体346および主板341にまたがって形成される上下方向に長い空間である。
 副収容室347は主板341の上面中央部(一対の当接突起341a・341aで挟まれる部分)に開口し、当該開口している部分は副開口部347aを成す。すなわち、副収容室347は副開口部347aを有する。副開口部347aは本発明に係る副開口部の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の副収容室347の平面視断面形状は前後方向に長い長方形状である。
As shown in FIGS. 36 and 39, the first slider 340 is formed with a sub-accommodating chamber 347.
The sub housing chamber 347 is an embodiment of the sub housing chamber according to the present invention. The sub-accommodating chamber 347 of the present embodiment is a space that is formed across the body 346 and the main plate 341 and is long in the vertical direction.
The sub-accommodating chamber 347 opens at the center of the upper surface of the main plate 341 (the portion sandwiched between the pair of contact protrusions 341a and 341a), and the opened portion forms a sub-opening portion 347a. That is, the sub-accommodating chamber 347 has a sub-opening 347a. The sub opening 347a is an embodiment of the sub opening according to the present invention. The cross-sectional shape in plan view of the sub-accommodating chamber 347 of this embodiment is a rectangle that is long in the front-rear direction.
 図36に示す如く、第一スライダ340はケース部材310の主収容室316に収容される。
 主収容室316に収容された第一スライダ340は主収容室316の内周面に当接する。
 また、主収容室316に収容された第一スライダ340は主開口部316aから突出する方向および主収容室316の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、前面板342・342の前面は前面部311の後面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、後面板343・343の後面は後面部312の前面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、左側面板344の左面は左側面部313の右面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接し、右側面板345の右面は右側面部314の左面に上下方向に摺動可能に当接する。
As shown in FIG. 36, the first slider 340 is housed in the main housing chamber 316 of the case member 310.
The first slider 340 received in the main storage chamber 316 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the main storage chamber 316.
Further, the first slider 340 accommodated in the main accommodating chamber 316 is movable in a direction protruding from the main opening 316 a and a direction immersing in the interior (back) of the main accommodating chamber 316.
More specifically, the front surfaces of the front plates 342 and 342 are slidably contacted with the rear surface of the front surface portion 311 in the vertical direction, and the rear surfaces of the rear surface plates 343 and 343 are slidable with the front surface of the rear surface portion 312 in the vertical direction. The left surface of the left side plate 344 contacts the right surface of the left side surface portion 313 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the right surface of the right side plate 345 contacts the left surface of the right side surface portion 314 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction.
 図36に示す如く、本実施形態の副開口部347aは第一スライダ340の主板341の上面中央部に配置されるため、第一スライダ340がケース部材310の主収容室316に収容されたときには副開口部347aは主開口部316aと同じく上方に向かって開口する。 As shown in FIG. 36, since the sub-opening 347a of the present embodiment is disposed at the center of the upper surface of the main plate 341 of the first slider 340, the first slider 340 is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber 316 of the case member 310. The sub-opening 347a is opened upward similarly to the main opening 316a.
 第一バネ350は本発明に係る第一付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一バネ350は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図35および図36に示す如く、第一バネ350はケース部材310の主収容室316に収容される。
 主収容室316に収容された第一バネ350の一端部(下端部)は底面部315の上面に当接し、第一バネ350の他端部(上端部)は第一スライダ340の胴体346に嵌装されるとともに主板341の下面に当接する。
 従って、第一バネ350は第一スライダ340を主収容室316の主開口部316aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)に付勢し、第一スライダ340の一対の当接突起341a・314aはそれぞれ回動部材320の第一カム部321b・321bに当接する。
 その結果、第一バネ350の付勢力は第一スライダ340を経て回動部材320に伝達されるので、回動部材320はケース部材310に対して右側面視で反時計回りに回動する方向に付勢され、原稿圧着板33は本体32に対して開く方向に付勢される(図30参照)。
The first spring 350 is an embodiment of the first biasing member according to the present invention.
The first spring 350 of the present embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the first spring 350 is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber 316 of the case member 310.
One end (lower end) of the first spring 350 accommodated in the main accommodating chamber 316 contacts the upper surface of the bottom surface portion 315, and the other end (upper end) of the first spring 350 is in contact with the body 346 of the first slider 340. It is fitted and contacts the lower surface of the main plate 341.
Therefore, the first spring 350 urges the first slider 340 in a direction (upward in this embodiment) to protrude from the main opening 316a of the main housing chamber 316, and the pair of contact protrusions 341a. 314a contacts the first cam portions 321b and 321b of the rotation member 320, respectively.
As a result, the urging force of the first spring 350 is transmitted to the rotating member 320 via the first slider 340, so that the rotating member 320 rotates counterclockwise with respect to the case member 310 when viewed from the right side. The original cover 33 is urged in the opening direction with respect to the main body 32 (see FIG. 30).
 第二スライダ360は本発明に係る第二スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ360は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図41に示す如く、第二スライダ360は上下方向に延びた板状の部材である。
The second slider 360 is an embodiment of the second slide member according to the present invention.
The second slider 360 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 41, the second slider 360 is a plate-like member extending in the vertical direction.
 第二スライダ360の上前端部には当接面361が形成される。当接面361は第二スライダ360の前面の上端部および第二スライダ360の後面の上端部に繋がれる前下がりの斜面であり、第二スライダ360の前面および第二スライダ360の下端面に対して傾斜している(第二スライダ360の前面および第二スライダ360の下端面のいずれに対しても平行ではない)。 A contact surface 361 is formed on the upper front end of the second slider 360. The abutting surface 361 is a front-declining slope connected to the upper end portion of the front surface of the second slider 360 and the upper end portion of the rear surface of the second slider 360, with respect to the front surface of the second slider 360 and the lower end surface of the second slider 360. (They are not parallel to either the front surface of the second slider 360 or the lower end surface of the second slider 360).
 第二スライダ360にはバネ受け穴362が形成される。バネ受け穴362は第二スライダ360の下面に開口する平面断面視円形の穴である。 A spring receiving hole 362 is formed in the second slider 360. The spring receiving hole 362 is a hole that is open in the lower surface of the second slider 360 and has a circular shape in a plan sectional view.
 図36に示す如く、第二スライダ360は第一スライダ340の副収容室347に収容される。
 副収容室347に収容された第二スライダ360は副収容室347の内周面に当接する。
 また、副収容室347に収容された第二スライダ360は副開口部347aから突出する方向および副収容室347の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
As shown in FIG. 36, the second slider 360 is accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 of the first slider 340.
The second slider 360 housed in the sub housing chamber 347 comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the sub housing chamber 347.
Further, the second slider 360 accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 is movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening portion 347a and a direction of immersing in the interior (back part) of the sub-accommodating chamber 347.
 第二スライダ360の外周面(第二スライダ360の前面、後面、左面および右面)と副収容室347の内周面との当接部分には、グリスが塗布される。換言すれば、第二スライダ360と副収容室347の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。 Grease is applied to the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 360 (front surface, rear surface, left surface and right surface of the second slider 360) and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347. In other words, the grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 360 and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347.
 第二スライダ360と副収容室347の内周面との隙間に配置されるグリスは本発明に係る粘性体の実施の一形態である。 The grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 360 and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347 is an embodiment of the viscous body according to the present invention.
 第二バネ370は本発明に係る第二付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二バネ370は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図36に示す如く、第二バネ370は第一スライダ340の副収容室347に収容される。
 副収容室347に収容された第二バネ370の一端部(下端部)は副収容室347の底面に当接し、第二バネ370の他端部(上端部)はバネ受け穴362に収容されるとともにバネ受け穴362の奥面(天井面)に当接する。
 従って、第二バネ370は第二スライダ360を副収容室347の副開口部347aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)に付勢する。
The second spring 370 is an embodiment of the second urging member according to the present invention.
The second spring 370 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 36, the second spring 370 is housed in the sub housing chamber 347 of the first slider 340.
One end (lower end) of the second spring 370 accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 contacts the bottom surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347, and the other end (upper end) of the second spring 370 is accommodated in the spring receiving hole 362. And abuts against the back surface (ceiling surface) of the spring receiving hole 362.
Accordingly, the second spring 370 biases the second slider 360 in a direction (upward in this embodiment) protruding from the sub opening 347a of the sub housing chamber 347.
 以下では、図30、図35および図36を用いて原稿圧着板33を閉じるときのヒンジ300の挙動について説明する。
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板33が完全に閉じたとき、すなわち原稿圧着板33の下面が本体32の上面に当接しているときの原稿圧着板33の回動角度θ(本体32に対する原稿圧着板33の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板33が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板33の回動角度θを定義する(図30参照)。
Hereinafter, the behavior of the hinge 300 when the original cover 33 is closed will be described with reference to FIGS. 30, 35, and 36.
In the present embodiment, when the original pressure plate 33 is completely closed, that is, when the lower surface of the original pressure plate 33 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 32, the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 33 (the original pressure plate relative to the main body 32). The rotation angle θ of 33 is “0 °”, and the original pressure plate 33 is increased so that the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive) when the original pressure plate 33 is rotated in the opening direction. Is defined (see FIG. 30).
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが18°以上(θ≧18°)の場合には原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属し、原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが18°未満(0°≦θ<18°)の場合には原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属する。 In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 is 18 ° or more (θ ≧ 18 °), the original cover 33 belongs to the “free stop area”, and the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 is as follows. Is less than 18 ° (0 ° ≦ θ <18 °), the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”.
 本実施形態における「フリーストップ領域」は、(A3)「原稿圧着板33の重量に起因して回動ピン330を中心として回動部材320に作用する回転力(モーメント)」と(B3)「第一バネ350の付勢力に起因して回動ピン330を中心として回動部材320に作用する回転力(モーメント)」とが平衡する領域である。 The “free stop area” in the present embodiment includes (A3) “rotational force (moment) acting on the rotation member 320 around the rotation pin 330 due to the weight of the original cover 33” and (B3) “ This is a region where the rotational force (moment) acting on the rotation member 320 around the rotation pin 330 due to the biasing force of the first spring 350 is balanced.
 原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材320の第一カム部321b・321bは第一スライダ340の主板341の当接突起341a・341aに当接する。
 また、原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、回動部材320の第二カム部321cは第二スライダ360から離間している(第二スライダ360に当接しない)。
When the document pressing plate 33 belongs to the “free stop region”, the first cam portions 321 b and 321 b of the rotating member 320 abut on the abutting protrusions 341 a and 341 a of the main plate 341 of the first slider 340.
When the document pressing plate 33 belongs to the “free stop area”, the second cam portion 321 c of the rotating member 320 is separated from the second slider 360 (not in contact with the second slider 360).
 原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板33が閉じる方向に回動した場合、(A3)の回転力は増大する。
 一方、原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板33が閉じる方向に回動した場合、回動部材320がケース部材310に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材320の第一カム部321b・321bと第一スライダ340の主板341の当接突起341a・341aとの当接部位が変化し、第一スライダ340は主収容室316の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
 第一スライダ340が主収容室316の内部に没入する方向に移動することにより、第一バネ350は圧縮され(第一バネ350の全長は小さくなり)、第一バネ350の付勢力が増大し、(B3)の回転力が増大する。
 その結果、原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが変化しても(A3)の回転力と(B3)の回転力とが平衡する。より厳密には、原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが変化しても(A3)の回転力と(B3)の回転力とが平衡するように第一カム部321b・321bおよび当接突起341a・341aの形状が予め設定される。
 従って、原稿圧着板33が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板33から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板33の回動角度θは保持される。
When the original cover 33 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 33 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotational force (A3) increases.
On the other hand, when the document pressing plate 33 rotates in the closing direction while the document pressing plate 33 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotating member 320 rotates clockwise with respect to the case member 310 in the right side view. The contact portions between the first cam portions 321b and 321b of the rotating member 320 and the contact protrusions 341a and 341a of the main plate 341 of the first slider 340 change, and the first slider 340 is immersed in the main housing chamber 316. Move in the direction you want.
As the first slider 340 moves in the direction of immersing into the main housing chamber 316, the first spring 350 is compressed (the overall length of the first spring 350 is reduced), and the biasing force of the first spring 350 is increased. , (B3) increases in rotational force.
As a result, when the original cover 33 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A3) and the rotational force (B3) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 33 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A3) and the rotational force (B3) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 changes. The shapes of the first cam portions 321b and 321b and the contact protrusions 341a and 341a are preset.
Therefore, when the operator releases his / her hand from the original cover 33 when the original cover 33 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 is maintained.
 本実施形態における「落下領域」は(A3)の回転力が(B3)の回転力よりも大きくなる領域である。
 原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板33から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板33は自重(厳密には、(A3)の回転力と(B3)の回転力との差分)により閉じる方向に回動する。
The “falling region” in the present embodiment is a region where the rotational force of (A3) is larger than the rotational force of (B3).
When the operator releases his / her hand from the original pressure bonding plate 33 when the original pressure bonding plate 33 belongs to the “falling area”, the original pressure bonding plate 33 has its own weight (strictly speaking, the rotational force of (A3) and the rotation of (B3). It rotates in the closing direction by the difference between the force and the force.
 原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材320の第一カム部321b・321bは第一スライダ340の主板341の当接突起341a・341aに当接する。
 しかし、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材310に対する第一スライダ340の位置が変化しない。より厳密には、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板33の回動角度θが変化してもケース部材310に対する第一スライダ340の位置が変化しないように第一カム部321b・321bおよび当接突起341a・341aの形状が予め設定される。
 その結果、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するときには(B3)の回転力は実質的にゼロとなり、(A3)の回転力が(B3)の回転力よりも大きくなる。
When the document pressing plate 33 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portions 321 b and 321 b of the rotating member 320 abut on the abutting protrusions 341 a and 341 a of the main plate 341 of the first slider 340.
However, when the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”, the position of the first slider 340 relative to the case member 310 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 33 changes. More precisely, when the original pressing plate 33 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion prevents the position of the first slider 340 from changing with respect to the case member 310 even if the rotation angle θ of the original pressing plate 33 changes. The shapes of 321b and 321b and the contact protrusions 341a and 341a are preset.
As a result, when the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotational force in (B3) is substantially zero, and the rotational force in (A3) is larger than the rotational force in (B3).
 原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するとき、回動部材320の第二カム部321cは第二スライダ360の当接面361に当接する。
 従って、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板33が閉じる方向に回動した場合、回動部材320がケース部材310に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、回動部材320の第二カム部321cと第二スライダ360の当接面361との当接部位が変化し、第二スライダ360は副収容室347の内部に没入する方向(本実施形態では、下方)に移動する。
When the document pressing plate 33 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 321 c of the rotating member 320 contacts the contact surface 361 of the second slider 360.
Therefore, when the original cover 33 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling area”, the rotating member 320 is rotated clockwise with respect to the case member 310 in the right side view, The contact portion between the second cam portion 321c of the rotating member 320 and the contact surface 361 of the second slider 360 changes, and the second slider 360 is immersed in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 (in this embodiment, Move down).
 第二スライダ360が副収容室347の内部に没入する方向に移動するとき、第二スライダ360には第二スライダ360の外周面と副収容室347の内周面との当接部分に塗布されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が作用する。
 従って、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するときには、(A3)の回転力の一部がグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力により相殺され、原稿圧着板33が閉じる方向に回動する速度が遅くなる(緩和される)。
 その結果、原稿圧着板33は本体32の上面に柔らかく当接するので、原稿圧着板33は緩やかかつ確実に閉じられる。
When the second slider 360 moves in the direction of immersing into the sub-accommodating chamber 347, the second slider 360 is applied to the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 360 and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347. Resistive force due to the viscous resistance of grease acts.
Therefore, when the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”, a part of the rotational force (A3) is offset by the resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the grease, and the speed at which the original cover 33 rotates in the closing direction. Becomes slower (relaxed).
As a result, the original cover 33 softly contacts the upper surface of the main body 32, so that the original cover 33 is gently and reliably closed.
 なお、作業者が原稿圧着板33を手で持って原稿圧着板33を開く方向に回動させた場合、第二スライダ360は、第二バネ370の付勢力によりグリスの粘性抵抗に抗して副開口部347aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)に移動するので、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属するときには「回動部材320の第二カム部321cが第二スライダ360の当接面361に当接した状態」が保持される。 When the operator holds the document pressing plate 33 by hand and rotates the document pressing plate 33 in the opening direction, the second slider 360 resists the viscous resistance of grease by the urging force of the second spring 370. Since it moves in a direction protruding from the sub-opening 347a (upward in this embodiment), when the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”, “the second cam portion 321c of the rotating member 320 is The state of being in contact with the contact surface 361 is maintained.
 以上の如く、ヒンジ300は、
 本体32に原稿圧着板33を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主開口部316aを有する主収容室316が形成され、複合機31の本体32に固定されるケース部材310と、
 複合機31の原稿圧着板33に固定され、ケース部材310に回動可能に連結される回動部材320と、
 副開口部347aを有する副収容室347が形成され、主収容室316に収容され、主収容室316の内周面に当接しつつ主開口部316aから突出する方向および主収容室316の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ340と、
 主収容室316に収容され、第一スライダ340を主開口部316aから突出する方向に付勢する第一バネ350と、
 副収容室347に収容され、副収容室347の内周面に当接しつつ副開口部347aから突出する方向および副収容室347の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライダ360と、
 副収容室347に収容され、第二スライダ360を副開口部347aから突出する方向に付勢する第二バネ370と、
 を具備し、
 回動部材320には、第一スライダ340に当接する第一カム部321b・321bが形成されるとともに第二スライダ360に当接する第二カム部321cが形成され、
 第二スライダ360と副収容室347の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板33を緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 300 is
A hinge for connecting the document pressing plate 33 to the main body 32 so as to be openable and closable;
A case member 310 in which a main storage chamber 316 having a main opening 316a is formed and fixed to the main body 32 of the multi-function device 31;
A rotating member 320 fixed to the document pressing plate 33 of the multifunction machine 31 and rotatably connected to the case member 310;
A sub-accommodating chamber 347 having a sub-opening 347a is formed, accommodated in the main accommodating chamber 316, in a direction protruding from the main opening 316a while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the main accommodating chamber 316, and inside the main accommodating chamber 316. A first slider 340 movable in an immersive direction;
A first spring 350 housed in the main housing chamber 316 and biasing the first slider 340 in a direction protruding from the main opening 316a;
A second slider 360 accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 and movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening 347a and a direction of immersing in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347;
A second spring 370 housed in the sub-accommodating chamber 347 and biasing the second slider 360 in a direction protruding from the sub-opening 347a;
Comprising
The rotating member 320 is formed with first cam portions 321b and 321b that contact the first slider 340 and a second cam portion 321c that contacts the second slider 360.
Grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 360 and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber 347.
With this configuration, it is possible to close the original cover 33 gently and reliably.
 また、ヒンジ300は、複合機31の原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、第一スライダ340に対する第二スライダ360の回動角度当たりの移動量がケース部材310に対する第一スライダ340の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板33が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二スライダ360が第一スライダ340よりも大きく移動することとなり、第二スライダ360と副収容室347の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A3)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として有効に利用することが可能である。
Further, when the document pressing plate 33 of the multi-function peripheral 31 is rotated in the state of being in the “falling area” (within the “falling area”), the hinge 300 is per rotation angle of the second slider 360 relative to the first slider 340. Is larger than the amount of movement of the first slider 340 per rotation angle with respect to the case member 310.
With this configuration, the second slider 360 moves more than the first slider 340 in a state where the original cover 33 belongs to the “falling region”, and the inner periphery of the second slider 360 and the sub-accommodating chamber 347. It is possible to effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap with the surface as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A3).
 本実施形態では、ケース部材310を本体32に固定するとともに回動部材320を原稿圧着板33に固定することによりヒンジ300が本体32に原稿圧着板33を回動可能に連結するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、ケース部材310を原稿圧着板33に固定するとともに回動部材320を本体32に固定することによりヒンジ300が本体32に原稿圧着板33を回動可能に連結しても良い。すなわち、本発明に係る第一ウイング部材および第二ウイング部材のうち、いずれか一方が第一連結対象物に固定され、他方が第二連結対象物に固定されれば良い。
In this embodiment, the case member 310 is fixed to the main body 32 and the rotating member 320 is fixed to the original pressure plate 33 so that the hinge 300 rotatably connects the original pressure plate 33 to the main body 32. Is not limited to this.
For example, the hinge 300 may be pivotally connected to the main body 32 by fixing the case member 310 to the original pressing plate 33 and fixing the rotating member 320 to the main body 32. That is, any one of the first wing member and the second wing member according to the present invention may be fixed to the first connection object and the other may be fixed to the second connection object.
 本実施形態は、「落下領域」において第二スライダ360と副収容室347との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が回動部材320に作用する「原稿圧着板33を閉じる方向の回転力((A3)の回転力)」の一部を相殺するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第二スライダ360と副収容室347との隙間を更に狭くする(グリスが配置される場合よりも狭くする)ことにより、「落下領域」において第二スライダ360と副収容室347との隙間(当接部分)に摩擦力を発生させ、当該摩擦力が回動部材320に作用する「原稿圧着板33を閉じる方向の回転力」の一部を相殺しても良い。
In the present embodiment, in the “falling region”, the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 360 and the sub-accommodating chamber 347 acts on the rotating member 320. A part of the rotational force in the direction (rotational force of (A3)) "is canceled out, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, by further narrowing the gap between the second slider 360 and the sub-accommodating chamber 347 (smaller than when grease is disposed), the gap between the second slider 360 and the sub-accommodating chamber 347 in the “fall region”. A frictional force may be generated at the (contact portion), and a part of the “rotational force in the direction of closing the document pressing plate 33” acting on the rotating member 320 may be canceled out.
 以下では図42から図51を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態であるヒンジ400について説明する。 Hereinafter, a hinge 400, which is a fourth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention, will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図42に示す如く、ヒンジ400は複合機41の本体42に原稿圧着板43を回動可能に連結する。
 複合機41は事務機器の実施の一形態である。複合機41は本体42および原稿圧着板43を具備する。
 複合機41、本体42および原稿圧着板43の基本的な構成および機能は図1に示す複合機11、本体12および原稿圧着板13と概ね同じであることから、説明を省略する。
As shown in FIG. 42, the hinge 400 connects the original cover 43 to the main body 42 of the multifunction machine 41 so as to be rotatable.
The multifunction machine 41 is an embodiment of office equipment. The multi-function device 41 includes a main body 42 and a document pressing plate 43.
The basic configurations and functions of the multifunction machine 41, the main body 42, and the original document crimping plate 43 are substantially the same as those of the multifunction machine 11, the main body 12, and the original document crimping plate 13 shown in FIG.
 図43から図48に示す如く、ヒンジ400は第一ケース部材410、第二ケース部材420、回動ピン430、第一スライダ440、第一バネ450、第二スライダ460および第二バネ470を具備する。 43 to 48, the hinge 400 includes a first case member 410, a second case member 420, a rotation pin 430, a first slider 440, a first spring 450, a second slider 460, and a second spring 470. To do.
 第一ケース部材410は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一ケース部材410は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図43、図44および図49に示す如く、第一ケース部材410は概ね薄い直方体形状の部材である。
 図49に示す如く、第一ケース部材410の内部には第一収容室411が形成される。
The first case member 410 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention.
The first case member 410 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 43, 44 and 49, the first case member 410 is a substantially thin rectangular parallelepiped member.
As shown in FIG. 49, a first storage chamber 411 is formed inside the first case member 410.
 第一収容室411は本発明に係る第一収容室の実施の一形態である。第一収容室411は第一ケース部材410の内部かつ右半部となる位置に形成された空間である。
 第一収容室411は第一ケース部材410の基端部(第一ケース部材410と第二ケース部材420とが回動可能に連結される位置に近い方の端部であり、本実施形態では上端部に相当する)において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第一開口部411aを成す。すなわち、第一収容室411は第一開口部411aを有する。第一開口部411aは本発明に係る第一開口部の実施の一形態である。
 第一収容室411の内周面にはガイド溝411b・411bが形成される。ガイド溝411b・411bは第一収容室411の第一開口部411aから第一収容室411の奥に向かって(第一ケース部材410の基端部から先端部(下端部)に向かって)延びた溝である。
The first storage chamber 411 is an embodiment of the first storage chamber according to the present invention. The first storage chamber 411 is a space formed in the first case member 410 and at a position corresponding to the right half.
The first storage chamber 411 is a base end portion of the first case member 410 (an end portion closer to a position where the first case member 410 and the second case member 420 are pivotably connected to each other. Corresponding to the upper end portion), and the opened portion forms a first opening portion 411a. That is, the first storage chamber 411 has a first opening 411a. The first opening 411a is an embodiment of the first opening according to the present invention.
Guide grooves 411 b and 411 b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber 411. The guide grooves 411b and 411b extend from the first opening 411a of the first storage chamber 411 toward the back of the first storage chamber 411 (from the base end portion of the first case member 410 toward the distal end portion (lower end portion)). It is a groove.
 第一ケース部材410には第二カム部412が形成される。
 第二カム部412は本発明に係る第二カム部の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の第二カム部412は第一ケース部材410の基端部(上端部)の左半部かつ前端部となる位置から上方に突出する塊状の部分である。
A second cam portion 412 is formed on the first case member 410.
The second cam portion 412 is an embodiment of the second cam portion according to the present invention. The second cam portion 412 of the present embodiment is a massive portion that protrudes upward from a position that becomes the left half portion and the front end portion of the base end portion (upper end portion) of the first case member 410.
 第一ケース部材410の基端部には突起部413・414・415・416が形成される。
 本実施形態の突起部413・414・415・416はいずれも第一ケース部材410の基端部から突出する突起である。突起部413は第一収容室411の第一開口部411aの右側方に配置される。突起部414は第一収容室411の第一開口部411aの左側方に配置される。突起部415は突起部414の左側方かつ第二カム部412の右後方となる位置に配置される。突起部416は突起部415の左側方かつ第二カム部412の左後方となる位置に配置される。
 突起部413には貫通孔413aが形成され、突起部414には貫通孔414aが形成され、突起部415には貫通孔415aが形成され、突起部416には貫通孔416aが形成される。
 貫通孔413a・414a・415a・416aは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔413a・414a・415a・416aを合わせたものは実質的に第一ケース部材410の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔413a・414a・415a・416aの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
Protrusions 413, 414, 415, and 416 are formed at the base end of the first case member 410.
The protrusions 413, 414, 415, and 416 of this embodiment are protrusions that protrude from the base end portion of the first case member 410. The protrusion 413 is disposed on the right side of the first opening 411 a of the first storage chamber 411. The protrusion 414 is disposed on the left side of the first opening 411 a of the first storage chamber 411. The protruding portion 415 is disposed at a position on the left side of the protruding portion 414 and on the right rear side of the second cam portion 412. The protruding portion 416 is disposed at a position on the left side of the protruding portion 415 and on the left rear side of the second cam portion 412.
A through hole 413 a is formed in the protrusion 413, a through hole 414 a is formed in the protrusion 414, a through hole 415 a is formed in the protrusion 415, and a through hole 416 a is formed in the protrusion 416.
The through holes 413a, 414a, 415a, and 416a are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through holes 413a, 414a, 415a, and 416a substantially penetrates from the left side surface to the right side surface of the first case member 410.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through holes 413a, 414a, 415a, 416a is parallel to the left-right direction.
 第一ケース部材410には突出部417が形成される。突出部417は板状の部分である。
 本実施形態の突出部417の一端部は第一ケース部材410の右側面に繋がっており、突出部417の他端部は第一ケース部材410の右側面の右側方に突出している。
 突出部417には貫通孔417aが形成される。貫通孔417aは突出部417の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
A protrusion 417 is formed on the first case member 410. The protrusion 417 is a plate-like part.
In the present embodiment, one end of the protrusion 417 is connected to the right side of the first case member 410, and the other end of the protrusion 417 protrudes to the right of the right side of the first case member 410.
A through hole 417a is formed in the protruding portion 417. The through hole 417a is a hole that penetrates the pair of plate surfaces of the protrusion 417.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔417aにネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを本体42に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、第一ケース部材410が本体42に固定される(図42参照)。 In the present embodiment, a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through hole 417a, and the screw is screwed into a screw hole (not shown) formed in the main body 42, whereby the first case member 410 is attached to the main body 42. It is fixed (see FIG. 42).
 第二ケース部材420は本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二ケース部材420は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図43、図46および図50に示す如く、第二ケース部材420は概ね薄い直方体形状の部材である。
 図50に示す如く、第二ケース部材420の内部には第二収容室421が形成される。
The second case member 420 is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention.
The second case member 420 of the present embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 43, 46 and 50, the second case member 420 is a substantially thin rectangular parallelepiped member.
As shown in FIG. 50, a second housing chamber 421 is formed inside the second case member 420.
 第二収容室421は本発明に係る第二収容室の実施の一形態である。第二収容室421は第二ケース部材420の内部かつ右半部(第二ケース部材420が第一ケース部材410に回動可能に連結されたとき、第一ケース部材410の右半部に対応する部分)となる位置に形成された空間である。
 第二収容室421は第二ケース部材420の基端部(第一ケース部材410と第二ケース部材420とが回動可能に連結される位置に近い方の端部)において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第二開口部421aを成す。すなわち、第二収容室421は第二開口部421aを有する。第二開口部421aは本発明に係る第二開口部の実施の一形態である。
 第二収容室421の内周面にはガイド溝421b・421bが形成される。ガイド溝421b・421bは第二収容室421の第二開口部421aから第二収容室421の奥に向かって(第二ケース部材420の基端部から先端部に向かって)延びた溝である。
The second storage chamber 421 is an embodiment of the second storage chamber according to the present invention. The second storage chamber 421 corresponds to the inside of the second case member 420 and the right half (when the second case member 420 is rotatably connected to the first case member 410, the second housing chamber 421 corresponds to the right half of the first case member 410). It is a space formed at a position to be a part to be).
The second storage chamber 421 is open at the base end portion of the second case member 420 (the end portion closer to the position where the first case member 410 and the second case member 420 are rotatably connected), The opened portion forms the second opening 421a. That is, the second storage chamber 421 has a second opening 421a. The second opening 421a is an embodiment of the second opening according to the present invention.
Guide grooves 421 b and 421 b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421. The guide grooves 421b and 421b are grooves extending from the second opening 421a of the second storage chamber 421 toward the back of the second storage chamber 421 (from the base end portion of the second case member 420 toward the distal end portion). .
 第二ケース部材420には第一カム部422が形成される。
 第一カム部422は本発明に係る第一カム部の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の第一カム部422は第二ケース部材420の基端部の右半部から突出する塊状の部分である。
 第一カム部422には貫通孔422aが形成される。貫通孔422aは第一カム部422の左端面から右端面まで貫通する孔である。
A first cam portion 422 is formed on the second case member 420.
The first cam portion 422 is an embodiment of the first cam portion according to the present invention. The first cam portion 422 of the present embodiment is a massive portion that protrudes from the right half of the base end portion of the second case member 420.
A through hole 422a is formed in the first cam portion 422. The through hole 422a is a hole penetrating from the left end surface of the first cam portion 422 to the right end surface.
 第二ケース部材420の基端部には突起部423・424・425・426が形成される。
 本実施形態の突起部423・424・425・426はいずれも第二ケース部材420の基端部から突出する突起である。
 より詳細には、突起部423は第一カム部422の左側方となる位置に配置される。突起部424は突起部423の左側方かつ第二収容室421の第二開口部421aの右側方となる位置に配置される。突起部425は第二収容室421の第二開口部421aの左側方となる位置に配置される。突起部426は突起部425の左側方となる位置(第二ケース部材420の基端部かつ左端部となる位置)に配置される。
 突起部423には貫通孔423aが形成され、突起部424には貫通孔424aが形成され、突起部425には貫通孔425aが形成され、突起部426には貫通孔426aが形成される。
 貫通孔422a・423a・424a・425a・426aは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔422a・423a・424a・425a・416aを合わせたものは実質的に第二ケース部材420の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔422a・423a・424a・425a・426aの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
Protrusions 423, 424, 425, and 426 are formed at the base end of the second case member 420.
The protrusions 423, 424, 425, and 426 of this embodiment are all protrusions that protrude from the base end portion of the second case member 420.
More specifically, the protrusion 423 is disposed at a position on the left side of the first cam portion 422. The protrusion 424 is disposed at a position on the left side of the protrusion 423 and on the right side of the second opening 421a of the second storage chamber 421. The protrusion 425 is disposed at a position on the left side of the second opening 421a of the second storage chamber 421. The protruding portion 426 is disposed at a position on the left side of the protruding portion 425 (a position that becomes the base end portion and the left end portion of the second case member 420).
A through hole 423 a is formed in the protrusion 423, a through hole 424 a is formed in the protrusion 424, a through hole 425 a is formed in the protrusion 425, and a through hole 426 a is formed in the protrusion 426.
The through holes 422a, 423a, 424a, 425a, 426a are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through holes 422a, 423a, 424a, 425a, 416a is substantially from the left side surface to the right side surface of the second case member 420. To penetrate.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through holes 422a, 423a, 424a, 425a, and 426a is parallel to the left-right direction.
 第二ケース部材420には突出部427が形成される。突出部427は板状の部分である。
 本実施形態の突出部427の一端部は第二ケース部材420の左側面に繋がっており、突出部427の他端部は第二ケース部材420の左側面の左側方に突出している。
 突出部427には貫通孔427a・427b・427cが形成される。貫通孔427a・427b・427cは突出部427の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
A protrusion 427 is formed on the second case member 420. The protrusion 427 is a plate-like part.
In the present embodiment, one end portion of the protruding portion 427 is connected to the left side surface of the second case member 420, and the other end portion of the protruding portion 427 protrudes to the left side of the left side surface of the second case member 420.
Through holes 427a, 427b, and 427c are formed in the protruding portion 427. The through holes 427a, 427b, and 427c are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 427.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔427a・427b・427cにネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板43に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、第二ケース部材420が原稿圧着板43に固定される(図42参照)。 In the present embodiment, a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through holes 427a, 427b, and 427c, and the screw is screwed into a screw hole (not shown) formed in the document crimping plate 43, whereby the second case. The member 420 is fixed to the original cover 43 (see FIG. 42).
 回動ピン430は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図44および図45に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン430は胴体部431および頭部432を有し、胴体部431の一端部(先端部)にカシメ穴431aが形成される金属製の部材である。
 本実施形態の回動ピン430の基本的な構成は図8に示す回動ピン130と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
 図43、図45、図49および図50に示す如く、回動ピン430の胴体部431を左から順に貫通孔426a、貫通孔416a、貫通孔425a、貫通孔424a、貫通孔415a、貫通孔423a、貫通孔414a、貫通孔422aおよび貫通孔413aに貫装することにより、第二ケース部材420は回動ピン430を介して第一ケース部材410に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、ヒンジ400により原稿圧着板43(の下面後端部)が本体42(の上面後端部)に回動可能に連結される。
The rotation pin 430 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIGS. 44 and 45, the rotation pin 430 of the present embodiment has a body portion 431 and a head portion 432, and is made of metal in which a crimping hole 431a is formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 431. It is a member.
The basic configuration of the rotation pin 430 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the rotation pin 130 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIGS. 43, 45, 49, and 50, the body portion 431 of the rotation pin 430 is inserted through the through hole 426a, the through hole 416a, the through hole 425a, the through hole 424a, the through hole 415a, and the through hole 423a in order from the left. The second case member 420 is pivotally connected to the first case member 410 via the pivot pin 430 by passing through the through hole 414a, the through hole 422a, and the through hole 413a. The document pressing plate 43 (the lower rear end portion thereof) is rotatably connected to the main body 42 (the upper rear end portion thereof).
 図47に示す如く、第二ケース部材420が回動ピン430を介して第一ケース部材410に回動可能に連結されたとき、第一カム部422は第一ケース部材410に形成された第一収容室411の第一開口部411aに対向する。
 図48に示す如く、第二ケース部材420が回動ピン430を介して第一ケース部材410に回動可能に連結されたとき、第二カム部412は第二ケース部材420に形成された第二収容室421の第二開口部421aに対向する。
As shown in FIG. 47, when the second case member 420 is rotatably connected to the first case member 410 via the rotation pin 430, the first cam portion 422 is formed on the first case member 410. It faces the first opening 411a of the one storage chamber 411.
As shown in FIG. 48, when the second case member 420 is rotatably connected to the first case member 410 via the rotation pin 430, the second cam portion 412 is formed on the second case member 420. Opposite the second opening 421a of the second storage chamber 421.
 第一スライダ440は本発明に係る第一スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ440は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図47に示す如く、第一スライダ440は当接部441、ガイド部442・442および筒部443を有し、当接部441には当接面441aが形成される。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ440の基本的な構成は図27に示す第一スライダ240と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
The first slider 440 is an embodiment of the first slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 440 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 47, the first slider 440 includes a contact portion 441, guide portions 442 and 442, and a cylindrical portion 443, and a contact surface 441a is formed on the contact portion 441.
The basic configuration of the first slider 440 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the first slider 240 shown in FIG.
 図47に示す如く、第一スライダ440は第一ケース部材410の第一収容室411に収容される。
 第一収容室411に収容された第一スライダ440は第一収容室411の内周面に当接する。また、第一収容室411に収容された第一スライダ440は第一開口部411aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)および第一収容室411の内部(奥部)に没入する方向(本実施形態では、下方)に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第一スライダ440が第一収容室411に収容されたとき、当接部441の薄い直方体部分の四つの端面はそれぞれ第一収容室411の内周面(四つの内壁面)に上下方向に摺動可能に当接するとともに、ガイド部442・442はガイド溝411b・411bに上下方向に摺動可能に係合する。
As shown in FIG. 47, the first slider 440 is housed in the first housing chamber 411 of the first case member 410.
The first slider 440 received in the first storage chamber 411 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber 411. Further, the first slider 440 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 411 protrudes from the first opening 411a (upward in the present embodiment) and enters the interior (back part) of the first accommodation chamber 411 ( In this embodiment, it can be moved downward).
More specifically, when the first slider 440 is accommodated in the first accommodating chamber 411, the four end surfaces of the thin rectangular parallelepiped portion of the contact portion 441 are the inner peripheral surfaces (four inner wall surfaces) of the first accommodating chamber 411, respectively. The guide portions 442 and 442 engage with the guide grooves 411b and 411b so as to be slidable in the vertical direction.
 第一バネ450は本発明に係る第一付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一バネ450は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図47に示す如く、第一バネ450は第一ケース部材410の第一収容室411に収容される。
 第一収容室411に収容された第一バネ450の一端部は第一収容室411の底面に当接し、第一バネ450の他端部は第一スライダ440の筒部443に嵌装されるとともに当接部441の他方の板面(二分割された円柱形状の突起が積層されていない方の板面)に当接する。
 従って、第一バネ450は第一スライダ440を第一収容室411の第一開口部411aから突出する方向(上方)に付勢し、第一スライダ440の当接部441の当接面441aは第二ケース部材420の第一カム部422に当接する。
 その結果、第一バネ450の付勢力は第一スライダ440を経て第二ケース部材420に伝達されるので、第二ケース部材420は第一ケース部材410に対して右側面視で反計回りに回動する方向に付勢され、原稿圧着板43は本体42に対して開く方向に付勢される(図42参照)。
The first spring 450 is an embodiment of the first biasing member according to the present invention.
The first spring 450 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 47, the first spring 450 is housed in the first housing chamber 411 of the first case member 410.
One end of the first spring 450 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 411 is in contact with the bottom surface of the first accommodation chamber 411, and the other end of the first spring 450 is fitted into the cylinder portion 443 of the first slider 440. At the same time, it comes into contact with the other plate surface of the contact portion 441 (the plate surface on which the two divided cylindrical projections are not stacked).
Accordingly, the first spring 450 urges the first slider 440 in a direction (upward) protruding from the first opening 411a of the first storage chamber 411, and the contact surface 441a of the contact portion 441 of the first slider 440 is It abuts on the first cam portion 422 of the second case member 420.
As a result, the urging force of the first spring 450 is transmitted to the second case member 420 via the first slider 440, so that the second case member 420 counterclockwise with respect to the first case member 410 when viewed from the right side. The original pressing plate 43 is urged in the direction of rotation, and is urged in the opening direction with respect to the main body 42 (see FIG. 42).
 第二スライダ460は本発明に係る第二スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ460は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図51に示す如く、第二スライダ460は細長い直方体の一方の端部を当該直方体の長手方向に対して斜めに切除するとともに四つの側面のうちの一つに当該直方体の長手方向に延びた突起(凸条)を形成した形状を有する。
The second slider 460 is an embodiment of the second slide member according to the present invention.
The second slider 460 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 51, the second slider 460 is formed by cutting one end of an elongated rectangular parallelepiped obliquely with respect to the longitudinal direction of the rectangular parallelepiped and extending in one of four side surfaces in the longitudinal direction of the rectangular parallelepiped. It has a shape in which (ridges) are formed.
 第二スライダ460の一端部には当接面461が形成される。当接面461は第二スライダ460の長手方向に対して傾斜した平面(第二スライダ460の長手方向に対して垂直ではなく、かつ平行ではない平面)である。 A contact surface 461 is formed at one end of the second slider 460. The contact surface 461 is a plane that is inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the second slider 460 (a plane that is not perpendicular to and parallel to the longitudinal direction of the second slider 460).
 第二スライダ460の四つの側面のうちの一つにはガイド突起462・462が形成される。ガイド突起462・462は第二スライダ460の長手方向に延びた突起(凸条)である。 Guide protrusions 462 and 462 are formed on one of the four side surfaces of the second slider 460. The guide protrusions 462 and 462 are protrusions (projections) extending in the longitudinal direction of the second slider 460.
 第二スライダ460にはバネ受け穴463が形成される。
 バネ受け穴463は第二スライダ460の他端部(当接面461が形成される端部の反対側の端部)に開口する穴である。
A spring receiving hole 463 is formed in the second slider 460.
The spring receiving hole 463 is a hole that opens at the other end of the second slider 460 (the end opposite to the end where the contact surface 461 is formed).
 図48に示す如く、第二スライダ460は第二ケース部材420の第二収容室421に収容される。
 第二収容室421に収容された第二スライダ460は第二収容室421の内周面に当接する。また、第二収容室421に収容された第二スライダ460は第二開口部421aから突出する方向および第二収容室421の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第二スライダ460の四つの側面のうちの一つに形成されたガイド突起462・462が第二収容室421の内周面に形成されたガイド溝421b・421bに摺動可能に係合する(図43参照)。
As shown in FIG. 48, the second slider 460 is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 421 of the second case member 420.
The second slider 460 received in the second storage chamber 421 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421. Further, the second slider 460 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 421 is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 421a and a direction of immersing in the interior (back part) of the second accommodation chamber 421.
More specifically, the guide protrusions 462 and 462 formed on one of the four side surfaces of the second slider 460 are slidable in the guide grooves 421b and 421b formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421. (See FIG. 43).
 第二スライダ460の外周面と第二収容室421の内周面との当接部分には、グリスが塗布される。換言すれば、第二スライダ460と第二収容室421の内周面との隙間(ガイド突起462・462とガイド溝421b・421bとの隙間を含む)にはグリスが配置される。
 第二スライダ460と第二収容室421の内周面との隙間に配置されるグリスは本発明に係る粘性体の実施の一形態である。
Grease is applied to a contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421. In other words, the grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421 (including the gap between the guide protrusions 462 and 462 and the guide grooves 421b and 421b).
The grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421 is an embodiment of the viscous body according to the present invention.
 第二バネ470は本発明に係る第二付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二バネ470は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図48に示す如く、第二バネ470は第二ケース部材420の第二収容室421に収容される。
 第二収容室421に収容された第二バネ470の一端部は第二収容室421の底面に当接し、第二バネ470の他端部は第二スライダ460のバネ受け穴463に収容されるとともにバネ受け穴463の内部に形成された段差面に当接する。
 従って、第二バネ470は第二スライダ460を第二収容室421の第二開口部421aから突出する方向に付勢する。
The second spring 470 is an embodiment of the second urging member according to the present invention.
The second spring 470 of the present embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 48, the second spring 470 is housed in the second housing chamber 421 of the second case member 420.
One end of the second spring 470 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 421 contacts the bottom surface of the second accommodation chamber 421, and the other end of the second spring 470 is accommodated in the spring receiving hole 463 of the second slider 460. At the same time, it abuts against a step surface formed in the spring receiving hole 463.
Accordingly, the second spring 470 biases the second slider 460 in a direction protruding from the second opening 421a of the second storage chamber 421.
 以下では、図42、図47および図48を用いて原稿圧着板43を閉じるときのヒンジ400の挙動について説明する。
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板43が完全に閉じたとき、すなわち原稿圧着板43の下面が本体42の上面に当接しているときの原稿圧着板43の回動角度θ(本体42に対する原稿圧着板43の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板43が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板43の回動角度θを定義する(図42参照)。
Hereinafter, the behavior of the hinge 400 when closing the original cover 43 will be described with reference to FIGS. 42, 47 and 48.
In the present embodiment, when the original pressure plate 43 is completely closed, that is, when the lower surface of the original pressure plate 43 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 42, the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 43 (the original pressure plate relative to the main body 42). The rotation angle θ of 43 is “0 °”, and the original pressure plate 43 is increased so that the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive) when the original pressure plate 43 is rotated in the opening direction. Is defined (see FIG. 42).
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが18°以上(θ≧18°)の場合には原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属し、原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが18°未満(0°≦θ<18°)の場合には原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属する。 In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 43 is 18 ° or more (θ ≧ 18 °), the original cover 43 belongs to the “free stop area”, and the rotation angle θ of the original cover 43 is Is less than 18 ° (0 ° ≦ θ <18 °), the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”.
 本実施形態における「フリーストップ領域」は、(A4)「原稿圧着板43の重量に起因して回動ピン430を中心として第二ケース部材420に作用する回転力(モーメント)」と(B4)「第一バネ450の付勢力に起因して回動ピン430を中心として第二ケース部材420に作用する回転力(モーメント)」とが平衡する領域である。 The “free stop area” in the present embodiment is (A4) “rotational force (moment) acting on the second case member 420 around the rotation pin 430 due to the weight of the original cover 43” and (B4). This is an area where the “rotational force (moment) acting on the second case member 420 around the rotation pin 430 due to the biasing force of the first spring 450” is balanced.
 原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、第二ケース部材420の第一カム部422は第一スライダ440の当接部441の当接面441aに当接する(図47参照)。
 また、原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、第一ケース部材410の第二カム部412は第二スライダ460から離間しており、第二スライダ460に当接しない(図48参照)。
When the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “free stop region”, the first cam portion 422 of the second case member 420 abuts on the abutting surface 441a of the abutting portion 441 of the first slider 440 (see FIG. 47).
When the original cover 43 belongs to the “free stop region”, the second cam portion 412 of the first case member 410 is separated from the second slider 460 and does not contact the second slider 460 (see FIG. 48). ).
 原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板43が閉じる方向に回動した場合、(A4)の回転力は増大する。
 一方、原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板43が閉じる方向に回動した場合、第二ケース部材420が第一ケース部材410に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、第二ケース部材420の第一カム部422と第一スライダ440の当接部441の当接面441aとの当接部位が変化し、第一スライダ440は第一収容室411の内部に没入する方向(下方)に移動する。
 第一スライダ440が第一収容室411の内部に没入する方向に移動することにより、第一バネ450は圧縮され(第一バネ450の全長は小さくなり)、第一バネ450の付勢力が増大し、(B4)の回転力が増大する。
 その結果、原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが変化しても(A4)の回転力と(B4)の回転力とが平衡する。より厳密には、原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが変化しても(A4)の回転力と(B4)の回転力とが平衡するように第一カム部422および当接部441の形状が予め設定される。
 従って、原稿圧着板43が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板43から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板43の回動角度θは保持される。
When the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “free stop area” and the document pressing plate 43 is rotated in the closing direction, the rotational force of (A4) increases.
On the other hand, when the original pressure plate 43 is rotated in the closing direction while the original pressure plate 43 belongs to the “free stop region”, the second case member 420 rotates clockwise with respect to the first case member 410 in the right side view. The contact portion between the first cam portion 422 of the second case member 420 and the contact surface 441a of the contact portion 441 of the first slider 440 changes, and the first slider 440 moves in the first storage chamber 411. Move in the direction to immerse inside (downward).
When the first slider 440 moves in the direction of immersing in the first storage chamber 411, the first spring 450 is compressed (the total length of the first spring 450 is reduced), and the biasing force of the first spring 450 is increased. And the rotational force of (B4) increases.
As a result, when the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A4) and the rotational force (B4) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 43 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 43 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A4) and the rotational force (B4) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 43 changes. The shapes of the first cam portion 422 and the contact portion 441 are preset.
Therefore, when the operator releases his / her hand from the original cover 43 when the original cover 43 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 43 is maintained.
 本実施形態における「落下領域」は(A4)の回転力が(B4)の回転力よりも大きくなる領域である。
 原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板43から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板43は自重(厳密には、(A4)の回転力と(B4)の回転力との差分)により閉じる方向に回動する。
The “falling region” in the present embodiment is a region where the rotational force of (A4) is larger than the rotational force of (B4).
When the operator releases his / her hand from the original pressure plate 43 when the original pressure plate 43 belongs to the “falling area”, the original pressure plate 43 is subject to its own weight (strictly speaking, the rotational force of (A4) and the rotation of (B4). It rotates in the closing direction by the difference between the force and the force.
 原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するとき、第二ケース部材420の第一カム部422は第一スライダ440の当接部441の当接面441aに当接する。
 しかし、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが変化しても第一ケース部材410に対する第一スライダ440の位置が変化しない。より厳密には、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが変化しても第一ケース部材410に対する第一スライダ440の位置が変化しないように第一カム部422および当接部441の形状が予め設定される。
 その結果、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するときには(B4)の回転力は実質的にゼロとなり、(A4)の回転力が(B4)の回転力よりも大きくなる。
When the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion 422 of the second case member 420 contacts the contact surface 441 a of the contact portion 441 of the first slider 440.
However, when the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the position of the first slider 440 with respect to the first case member 410 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 43 changes. More precisely, when the original pressure plate 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the first slider 440 does not change its position relative to the first case member 410 even if the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 43 changes. The shape of the cam part 422 and the contact part 441 is preset.
As a result, when the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotational force in (B4) is substantially zero, and the rotational force in (A4) is greater than the rotational force in (B4).
 原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するとき、第一ケース部材410の第二カム部412は第二スライダ460の当接面461に当接する。
 従って、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板43が閉じる方向に回動した場合、第二ケース部材420が第一ケース部材410に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、第一ケース部材410の第二カム部412と第二スライダ460の当接面461との当接部位が変化し、第二スライダ460は第二収容室421の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
When the document pressing plate 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 412 of the first case member 410 contacts the contact surface 461 of the second slider 460.
Therefore, when the original cover 43 is rotated in the closing direction while the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the second case member 420 rotates clockwise with respect to the first case member 410 in the right side view. As a result, the contact portion between the second cam portion 412 of the first case member 410 and the contact surface 461 of the second slider 460 changes, and the second slider 460 is inserted into the second storage chamber 421. Moving.
 第二スライダ460が第二収容室421の内部に没入する方向に移動するとき、第二スライダ460には第二スライダ460の外周面(四つの側面)と第二収容室421の内周面との当接部分に塗布されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が作用する。
 従って、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するときには、(A4)の回転力の一部がグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力により相殺され、原稿圧着板43が閉じる方向に回動する速度が遅くなる(緩和される)。
 その結果、原稿圧着板43は本体42の上面に柔らかく当接するので、原稿圧着板43は緩やかかつ確実に閉じられる。
When the second slider 460 moves in the direction of immersing into the second storage chamber 421, the second slider 460 includes an outer peripheral surface (four side surfaces) of the second slider 460 and an inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421. Resistive force due to the viscous resistance of the grease applied to the abutting portion acts.
Therefore, when the original pressure plate 43 belongs to the “falling region”, a part of the rotational force (A4) is offset by the resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the grease, and the speed at which the original pressure plate 43 rotates in the closing direction. Becomes slower (relaxed).
As a result, the original cover 43 is softly in contact with the upper surface of the main body 42, so that the original cover 43 is gently and reliably closed.
 なお、作業者が原稿圧着板43を手で持って原稿圧着板43を開く方向に回動させた場合、第二スライダ460は、第二バネ470の付勢力によりグリスの粘性抵抗に抗して第二開口部421aから突出する方向に移動するので、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属するときには「第一ケース部材410の第二カム部412が第二スライダ460の当接面461に当接した状態」が保持される。 In addition, when the operator holds the document pressing plate 43 by hand and rotates the document pressing plate 43 in the opening direction, the second slider 460 resists the viscous resistance of grease by the urging force of the second spring 470. Since it moves in a direction protruding from the second opening 421 a, when the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”, “the second cam portion 412 of the first case member 410 abuts against the contact surface 461 of the second slider 460. "Contact state" is maintained.
 以上の如く、ヒンジ400は、
 本体42に原稿圧着板43を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 第一開口部411aを有する第一収容室411が形成され、本体42に固定される第一ケース部材410と、
 第二開口部421aを有する第二収容室421が形成され、原稿圧着板43に固定され、第一ケース部材410に回動可能に連結される第二ケース部材420と、
 第一収容室411に収容され、第一収容室411の内周面に当接しつつ第一開口部411aから突出する方向および第一収容室411の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ440と、
 第一収容室411に収容され、第一スライダ440を第一開口部411aから突出する方向に付勢する第一バネ450と、
 第二収容室421に収容され、第二収容室421の内周面に当接しつつ第二開口部421aから突出する方向および第二収容室421の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライダ460と、
 第二収容室421に収容され、第二スライダ460を第二開口部421aから突出する方向に付勢する第二バネ470と、
 を具備し、
 第二ケース部材420には、第一スライダ440に当接する第一カム部422が形成され、
 第一ケース部材410には、第二スライダ460に当接する第二カム部412が形成され、
 第二スライダ460と第二収容室421の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板43を緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 400 is
A hinge for connecting the document pressing plate 43 to the main body 42 so as to be openable and closable;
A first housing member 411 having a first opening 411a is formed, and a first case member 410 fixed to the main body 42;
A second housing member 421 having a second opening 421a is formed, fixed to the original cover 43, and rotatably coupled to the first case member 410;
A first slider accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 411 and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 411a and a direction immersing into the first accommodation chamber 411 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 411 440,
A first spring 450 housed in the first housing chamber 411 and biasing the first slider 440 in a direction protruding from the first opening 411a;
A second slider housed in the second housing chamber 421 and movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 421a and a direction immersing into the second housing chamber 421 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the second housing chamber 421. 460,
A second spring 470 housed in the second housing chamber 421 and biasing the second slider 460 in a direction protruding from the second opening 421a;
Comprising
The second case member 420 is formed with a first cam portion 422 that contacts the first slider 440.
The first case member 410 is formed with a second cam portion 412 that contacts the second slider 460.
Grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421.
With this configuration, the original cover 43 can be closed gently and reliably.
 また、ヒンジ400は、複合機41の原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、第二ケース部材420に対する第二スライダ460の回動角度当たりの移動量が第一ケース部材410に対する第一スライダ440の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二スライダ460が第一スライダ440よりも大きく移動することとなり、第二スライダ460と第二収容室421の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A4)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として有効に利用することが可能である。
Further, the hinge 400 rotates the rotation angle of the second slider 460 relative to the second case member 420 when the document pressing plate 43 of the multi-function peripheral 41 rotates in a state belonging to the “falling region” (in the “falling region”). The amount of movement per hit is larger than the amount of movement per rotation angle of the first slider 440 relative to the first case member 410.
With this configuration, the second slider 460 moves more than the first slider 440 in a state in which the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”, and the second slider 460 and the second storage chamber 421 are moved inside. It is possible to effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease arranged in the gap with the peripheral surface as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A4).
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板43が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板43の回動角度θが小さくなるとき、第二カム部412は第二ケース部材420に対して相対的には概ね上方に移動する。
 このとき、第二ケース部材420に対する第二カム部412の相対的な移動方向に対して緩く傾斜した(第二ケース部材420に対する第二カム部412の相対的な移動方向に対して垂直でないが垂直に近い角度を成す)当接面461が第二カム部412当接するため、第二スライダ460は第二ケース部材420に対する第二カム部412の相対的な移動方向に対して概ね垂直な方向である前方に移動する。
 このように構成することにより、第二ケース部材420に対する第二カム部412の相対的な移動量よりも第二ケース部材420に対する第二スライダ460の移動量を大きく設定することが可能であり、第二スライダ460と第二収容室421の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A4)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として更に有効に利用することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 43 is small in a state where the original cover 43 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 412 is generally relatively relative to the second case member 420. Move upward.
At this time, it is gently inclined with respect to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 412 with respect to the second case member 420 (although it is not perpendicular to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 412 with respect to the second case member 420). Since the abutment surface 461 abuts the second cam portion 412 (which forms an angle close to vertical), the second slider 460 is in a direction substantially perpendicular to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 412 with respect to the second case member 420. Move forward that is.
By configuring in this way, it is possible to set the amount of movement of the second slider 460 relative to the second case member 420 larger than the amount of relative movement of the second cam portion 412 relative to the second case member 420, The resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421 is more effectively used as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A4). It is possible.
 本実施形態では第一ケース部材410を本体42に固定するとともに第二ケース部材420を原稿圧着板43に固定することによりヒンジ400が本体42に原稿圧着板43を回動可能に連結するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第一ケース部材410を原稿圧着板43に固定するとともに第二ケース部材420を本体42に固定することによりヒンジ400が本体42に原稿圧着板43を回動可能に連結しても良い。
In this embodiment, the first case member 410 is fixed to the main body 42 and the second case member 420 is fixed to the original pressure plate 43 so that the hinge 400 rotatably connects the original pressure plate 43 to the main body 42. The present invention is not limited to this.
For example, the first case member 410 may be fixed to the original pressure plate 43 and the second case member 420 may be fixed to the main body 42 so that the hinge 400 can be pivotally connected to the main body 42.
 本実施形態では、第二ケース部材420の第二収容室421の内周面にガイド溝421b・421bを形成するとともに第二スライダ460の外周面にガイド突起462・462を形成することにより、第二スライダ460の外周面と第二収容室421の内周面との当接部分の面積を大きくし、ひいては第二スライダ460と第二収容室421との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A4)の回転力の一部を相殺する力としてより有効に利用することが可能である。 In the present embodiment, the guide grooves 421b and 421b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421 of the second case member 420, and the guide protrusions 462 and 462 are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 460. The area of the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the two sliders 460 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 421 is increased, and as a result, the viscous resistance of the grease arranged in the gap between the second slider 460 and the second storage chamber 421 is reduced. The resulting resistance force can be used more effectively as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A4).
 本実施形態は、「落下領域」において第二スライダ460と第二収容室421との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が第二ケース部材420に作用する「原稿圧着板43を閉じる方向の回転力((A4)の回転力)」の一部を相殺するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第二スライダ460と第二収容室421との隙間を更に狭くする(グリスが配置される場合よりも狭くする)ことにより、「落下領域」において第二スライダ460と第二収容室421との隙間(当接部分)に摩擦力を発生させ、当該摩擦力が第二ケース部材420に作用する「原稿圧着板43を閉じる方向の回転力」の一部を相殺しても良い。
In the present embodiment, in the “falling region”, the “original crimping plate 43” in which the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 460 and the second storage chamber 421 acts on the second case member 420. Part of the rotational force in the closing direction (rotational force of (A4)) "is offset, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, by further narrowing the gap between the second slider 460 and the second storage chamber 421 (smaller than when grease is disposed), the second slider 460 and the second storage chamber 421 A frictional force may be generated in the gap (abutting portion), and the frictional force may cancel a part of the “rotating force in the direction of closing the document pressing plate 43” acting on the second case member 420.
 以下では図52から図67を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第五実施形態であるヒンジ500について説明する。 Hereinafter, a hinge 500 that is a fifth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
 図52および図53に示す如く、ヒンジ500は複合機51の本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結する。
 複合機51は事務機器の実施の一形態である。複合機51は本体52および原稿圧着板53を具備する。
 複合機51、本体52および原稿圧着板53の基本的な構成および機能は図1に示す複合機11、本体12および原稿圧着板13と概ね同じであることから、説明を省略する。
As shown in FIGS. 52 and 53, the hinge 500 rotatably connects the original cover 53 to the main body 52 of the multi-function device 51.
The multi-function device 51 is an embodiment of office equipment. The multi-function device 51 includes a main body 52 and a document pressing plate 53.
The basic configurations and functions of the multi-function device 51, the main body 52, and the original pressure plate 53 are substantially the same as those of the multi-function device 11, the main body 12, and the original pressure plate 13 shown in FIG.
 図53に示す如く、本実施形態のヒンジ500は、別体となる(分離された)二つの部品である主ヒンジ部材501および副ヒンジ部材502を具備する点において、これまでに説明した四つの実施形態(ヒンジ100、ヒンジ200、ヒンジ300およびヒンジ400)と異なる。
 主ヒンジ部材501および副ヒンジ部材502は、互いに所定の間隔を空けて本体52および原稿圧着板53に固定される。
As shown in FIG. 53, the hinge 500 of the present embodiment includes the main hinge member 501 and the sub-hinge member 502 which are two separate parts (separated parts). Different from the embodiment (hinge 100, hinge 200, hinge 300 and hinge 400).
The main hinge member 501 and the sub hinge member 502 are fixed to the main body 52 and the original document pressing plate 53 at a predetermined interval.
 以下では、図52から図60を用いて主ヒンジ部材501について説明する。 Hereinafter, the main hinge member 501 will be described with reference to FIGS. 52 to 60.
 主ヒンジ部材501は本発明に係る主ヒンジ部材の実施の一形態である。
 図54から図58に示す如く、主ヒンジ部材501は主ケース部材510、主回動部材520、回動ピン530、第一スライダ540および第一バネ549を具備する。
The main hinge member 501 is an embodiment of the main hinge member according to the present invention.
As shown in FIGS. 54 to 58, the main hinge member 501 includes a main case member 510, a main rotating member 520, a rotating pin 530, a first slider 540, and a first spring 549.
 主ケース部材510は本発明に係る第一主ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の主ケース部材510は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図54、図57および図59に示す如く、主ケース部材510は概ね薄い直方体形状の部材である。
 図58および図59に示す如く、主ケース部材510の内部には第一収容室511が形成される。
The main case member 510 is an embodiment of the first main wing member according to the present invention.
The main case member 510 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 54, 57 and 59, the main case member 510 is a substantially thin rectangular parallelepiped member.
As shown in FIGS. 58 and 59, a first storage chamber 511 is formed inside the main case member 510.
 第一収容室511は本発明に係る第一収容室の実施の一形態である。第一収容室511は主ケース部材510の内部に形成された空間である。
 第一収容室511は主ケース部材510の基端部(主ケース部材510と主回動部材520とが回動可能に連結される位置に近い方の端部)において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第一開口部511aを成す。すなわち、第一収容室511は第一開口部511aを有する。第一開口部511aは本発明に係る第一開口部の実施の一形態である。
 第一収容室511の内周面にはガイド溝511b・511bが形成される。ガイド溝511b・511bは第一収容室511の第一開口部511aから第一収容室511の奥に向かって(主ケース部材510の基端部から先端部に向かって)延びた溝である。
The first storage chamber 511 is an embodiment of the first storage chamber according to the present invention. The first storage chamber 511 is a space formed inside the main case member 510.
The first storage chamber 511 is open at the base end portion of the main case member 510 (the end portion closer to the position where the main case member 510 and the main rotation member 520 are rotatably connected), and the opening. The part which has formed the 1st opening part 511a. That is, the first storage chamber 511 has a first opening 511a. The first opening 511a is an embodiment of the first opening according to the present invention.
Guide grooves 511 b and 511 b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber 511. The guide grooves 511b and 511b are grooves extending from the first opening 511a of the first storage chamber 511 toward the back of the first storage chamber 511 (from the base end portion of the main case member 510 toward the distal end portion).
 図54に示す如く、主ケース部材510には突出部512が形成される。突出部512は板状の部分である。
 突出部512の一端部は主ケース部材510の左側面(主ヒンジ部材501が複合機51の原稿圧着板53を本体52に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機51の左側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部512の他端部は主ケース部材510の左側面の左側方に突出している。
 図54および図56に示す如く、突出部512には貫通孔512a・512b・512cが形成される。貫通孔512a・512b・512cは突出部512の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
As shown in FIG. 54, the main case member 510 is formed with a protrusion 512. The protruding part 512 is a plate-like part.
One end of the protruding portion 512 is a left side surface of the main case member 510 (a surface facing the left side of the multi-function device 51 when the main hinge member 501 is connected to the main body 52 so as to be able to rotate the document pressing plate 53 of the multi-function device 51). The other end of the protruding portion 512 protrudes to the left side of the left side surface of the main case member 510.
As shown in FIGS. 54 and 56, the projecting portion 512 is formed with through holes 512a, 512b, and 512c. The through holes 512 a, 512 b, and 512 c are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 512.
 図54に示す如く、主ケース部材510には突出部513が形成される。突出部513は板状の部分である。
 突出部513の一端部は主ケース部材510の右側面(主ヒンジ部材501が複合機51の原稿圧着板53を本体52に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機51の右側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部513の他端部は主ケース部材510の右側面の右側方に突出している。
 図54および図56に示す如く、突出部513には貫通孔513a・513b・513cが形成される。貫通孔513a・513b・513cは突出部513の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
As shown in FIG. 54, a protrusion 513 is formed on the main case member 510. The protruding portion 513 is a plate-like portion.
One end of the projecting portion 513 is the right side surface of the main case member 510 (the surface facing the right side of the multi-function device 51 when the main hinge member 501 is connected to the main body 52 so that the document pressing plate 53 of the multi-function device 51 is rotatable). The other end of the protruding portion 513 protrudes to the right side of the right side surface of the main case member 510.
As shown in FIGS. 54 and 56, the projecting portion 513 is formed with through holes 513a, 513b, and 513c. The through holes 513a, 513b, and 513c are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 513.
 図54および図59に示す如く、主ケース部材510の基端部には突起部514および突起部515が形成される。
 突起部514は主ケース部材510の基端部かつ第一開口部511aの左側方に配置される突起であり、突起部515は主ケース部材510の基端部かつ第一開口部511aの右側方に配置される突起である。
 突起部514には貫通孔514aが形成され、突起部515には貫通孔515aが形成される。
 貫通孔514aおよび貫通孔515aは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔514aおよび貫通孔515aを合わせたものは実質的に主ケース部材510の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔514aおよび貫通孔515aの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
As shown in FIGS. 54 and 59, a protrusion 514 and a protrusion 515 are formed at the base end portion of the main case member 510.
The protrusion 514 is a protrusion disposed on the base end of the main case member 510 and on the left side of the first opening 511a. The protrusion 515 is on the base end of the main case member 510 and on the right side of the first opening 511a. It is a protrusion arrange | positioned in.
A through hole 514 a is formed in the protrusion 514, and a through hole 515 a is formed in the protrusion 515.
The through hole 514a and the through hole 515a are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through hole 514a and the through hole 515a substantially penetrates from the left side surface to the right side surface of the main case member 510.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through hole 514a and the through hole 515a is parallel to the left-right direction.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔512a・512b・512cおよび貫通孔513a・513b・513cにネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板53の下面の後右端部に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、主ケース部材510が原稿圧着板53の下面において後右端部となる位置に固定される(図52および図53参照)。 In the present embodiment, screws (not shown) are inserted into the through holes 512a, 512b, and 512c and the through holes 513a, 513b, and 513c, and the screws are formed in the rear right end portion of the lower surface of the document crimping plate 53. By screwing (not shown), the main case member 510 is fixed to a position which becomes the rear right end portion on the lower surface of the original cover 53 (see FIGS. 52 and 53).
 主回動部材520は本発明に係る第二主ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の主回動部材520は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図54、図57および図60に示す如く、主回動部材520は胴体部521および取り付け部522を有する。
The main rotation member 520 is an embodiment of the second main wing member according to the present invention.
The main rotating member 520 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 54, 57, and 60, the main rotating member 520 has a body portion 521 and an attachment portion 522.
 胴体部521は主回動部材520の上半部を成す部分である。図60に示す如く、本実施形態の胴体部521は概ね直方体形状の部分である。 The body portion 521 is a portion forming the upper half of the main rotating member 520. As shown in FIG. 60, the body portion 521 of the present embodiment is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion.
 胴体部521には第一カム部521aが形成される。
 第一カム部521aは本発明に係る第一カム部の実施の一形態であり、胴体部521の上面から上方に突出する塊状の部分である。
 第一カム部521aには貫通孔521bが形成される。貫通孔521bは第一カム部521aの左側面後部から右側面後部までを貫通する孔である。
A first cam portion 521 a is formed on the body portion 521.
The first cam portion 521a is an embodiment of the first cam portion according to the present invention, and is a massive portion that protrudes upward from the upper surface of the body portion 521.
A through hole 521b is formed in the first cam portion 521a. The through hole 521b is a hole penetrating from the left side rear portion to the right side rear portion of the first cam portion 521a.
 取り付け部522は主回動部材520の下半部を成す部分である。
 図60に示す如く、本実施形態の取り付け部522は上下方向に延びた概ね直方体形状の部分である。取り付け部522の上端部は胴体部521の下面に繋がっている。
The attachment portion 522 is a portion that forms the lower half of the main rotation member 520.
As shown in FIG. 60, the attachment portion 522 of this embodiment is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion extending in the vertical direction. The upper end portion of the attachment portion 522 is connected to the lower surface of the body portion 521.
 本実施形態では、本体52の上面において右後端部となる位置に形成された平面視略正方形状の穴(不図示)に取り付け部522を嵌装することにより、主回動部材520が本体52に固定される(図52および図53参照)。 In the present embodiment, the main rotating member 520 is mounted on the main body 52 by fitting the mounting portion 522 into a hole (not shown) in a substantially square shape in plan view formed at a position to be the right rear end portion on the upper surface of the main body 52. 52 (see FIGS. 52 and 53).
 回動ピン530は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図54および図56に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン530は胴体部531および頭部532を有し、胴体部531の一端部(先端部)にカシメ穴531aが形成される金属製の部材である。
 本実施形態の回動ピン530の基本的な構成は図8に示す回動ピン130と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
 図56に示す如く、回動ピン530の胴体部531を左から順に貫通孔514a、貫通孔521bおよび貫通孔515aに貫装することにより、主回動部材520は回動ピン530を介して主ケース部材510に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、主ヒンジ部材501により原稿圧着板53(の下面において後右端部となる部分)が本体52(の上面において後右端部となる部分)に回動可能に連結される。
The rotation pin 530 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIGS. 54 and 56, the rotation pin 530 of the present embodiment has a body portion 531 and a head portion 532, and is made of metal in which a caulking hole 531a is formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 531. It is a member.
The basic configuration of the rotation pin 530 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the rotation pin 130 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 56, the main rotation member 520 is inserted into the main rotation member 520 via the rotation pin 530 by inserting the body portion 531 of the rotation pin 530 into the through hole 514a, the through hole 521b, and the through hole 515a in order from the left. The main member 501 is pivotally connected to the case member 510, and as a result, the main document pressing plate 53 (the portion serving as the rear right end portion on the lower surface) is rotated to the main body 52 (the portion serving as the rear right end portion on the upper surface). Connected as possible.
 図54および図58に示す如く、主回動部材520が回動ピン530を介して主ケース部材510に回動可能に連結されたとき、第一カム部521aは主ケース部材510に形成された第一収容室511の第一開口部511aに対向する。 As shown in FIGS. 54 and 58, when the main rotation member 520 is rotatably connected to the main case member 510 via the rotation pin 530, the first cam portion 521a is formed in the main case member 510. It faces the first opening 511a of the first storage chamber 511.
 第一スライダ540は本発明に係る第一スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ540は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図58に示す如く、第一スライダ540は当接部541、ガイド部542・542および筒部543を有し、当接部541には当接面541aが形成される。
 本実施形態の第一スライダ540の基本的な構成は図27に示す第一スライダ240と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
The first slider 540 is an embodiment of the first slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 540 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIG. 58, the first slider 540 has a contact portion 541, guide portions 542 and 542, and a cylindrical portion 543, and the contact portion 541 is formed with a contact surface 541a.
The basic configuration of the first slider 540 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the first slider 240 shown in FIG.
 図58に示す如く、第一スライダ540は主ケース部材510の第一収容室511に収容される。
 第一収容室511に収容された第一スライダ540は第一収容室511の内周面に当接する。また、第一収容室511に収容された第一スライダ540は第一開口部511aから突出する方向(本実施形態では、上方)および第一収容室511の内部(奥部)に没入する方向(本実施形態では、下方)に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第一スライダ540が第一収容室511に収容されたとき、当接部541の薄い直方体部分の四つの端面はそれぞれ第一収容室511の内周面(四つの内壁面)に摺動可能に当接するとともに、ガイド部542・542はガイド溝511b・511bに摺動可能に係合する。
As shown in FIG. 58, the first slider 540 is housed in the first housing chamber 511 of the main case member 510.
The first slider 540 stored in the first storage chamber 511 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber 511. In addition, the first slider 540 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 511 protrudes from the first opening 511a (upward in the present embodiment) and enters the interior (back) of the first accommodation chamber 511 ( In this embodiment, it can be moved downward).
More specifically, when the first slider 540 is accommodated in the first accommodating chamber 511, the four end surfaces of the thin rectangular parallelepiped portion of the contact portion 541 are the inner peripheral surfaces (four inner wall surfaces) of the first accommodating chamber 511, respectively. The guide portions 542 and 542 are slidably engaged with the guide grooves 511b and 511b.
 第一バネ549は本発明に係る第一付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第一バネ549は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図58に示す如く、第一バネ549は主ケース部材510の第一収容室511に収容される。
 第一収容室511に収容された第一バネ549の一端部は第一収容室511の底面に当接し、第一バネ549の他端部は第一スライダ540の筒部543に嵌装されるとともに当接部541の他方の板面(二分割された円柱形状の突起が積層されていない方の板面)に当接する。
 従って、第一バネ549は第一スライダ540を第一収容室511の第一開口部511aから突出する方向に付勢し、第一スライダ540の当接部541の当接面541aは主回動部材520の第一カム部521aに当接する。
 その結果、第一バネ549の付勢力は第一スライダ540を経て主回動部材520に伝達されるので、主ケース部材510は主回動部材520に対して右側面視で反時計回りに回動する方向に付勢され、原稿圧着板53は本体52に対して開く方向に付勢される(図52参照)。
The first spring 549 is an embodiment of the first biasing member according to the present invention.
The first spring 549 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 58, the first spring 549 is housed in the first housing chamber 511 of the main case member 510.
One end of the first spring 549 accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 511 is in contact with the bottom surface of the first accommodation chamber 511, and the other end of the first spring 549 is fitted into the cylinder portion 543 of the first slider 540. At the same time, it comes into contact with the other plate surface of the contact portion 541 (the plate surface on which the two divided cylindrical projections are not stacked).
Accordingly, the first spring 549 urges the first slider 540 in a direction protruding from the first opening 511a of the first storage chamber 511, and the contact surface 541a of the contact portion 541 of the first slider 540 is the main rotation. It contacts the first cam portion 521a of the member 520.
As a result, the urging force of the first spring 549 is transmitted to the main rotating member 520 through the first slider 540, so that the main case member 510 rotates counterclockwise with respect to the main rotating member 520 when viewed from the right side. The original pressing plate 53 is urged in the opening direction with respect to the main body 52 (see FIG. 52).
 以下では、図52、図53、および、図61から図67を用いて副ヒンジ部材502について説明する。 Hereinafter, the sub hinge member 502 will be described with reference to FIGS. 52, 53, and 61 to 67.
 副ヒンジ部材502は本発明に係る副ヒンジ部材の実施の一形態である。
 図53に示す如く、副ヒンジ部材502は主ヒンジ部材501に対して別体となる部材(主ヒンジ部材501と一体ではなく、主ヒンジ部材501から分離された部材)である。
 図61から図65に示す如く、副ヒンジ部材502は副ケース部材560、副回動部材570、回動ピン580、第二スライダ590および第二バネ599を具備する。
The sub hinge member 502 is an embodiment of the sub hinge member according to the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 53, the sub hinge member 502 is a member that is a separate member from the main hinge member 501 (a member that is not integral with the main hinge member 501 but separated from the main hinge member 501).
As shown in FIGS. 61 to 65, the sub hinge member 502 includes a sub case member 560, a sub rotating member 570, a rotating pin 580, a second slider 590, and a second spring 599.
 副ケース部材560は本発明に係る第一副ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の副ケース部材560は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図61、図64および図66に示す如く、副ケース部材560は概ね薄い直方体形状の部材である。
 図65および図66に示す如く、副ケース部材560の内部には第二収容室561が形成される。
The sub case member 560 is an embodiment of the first sub wing member according to the present invention.
The sub case member 560 of the present embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 61, 64 and 66, the sub case member 560 is a substantially thin rectangular parallelepiped member.
As shown in FIGS. 65 and 66, a second storage chamber 561 is formed inside the sub case member 560.
 第二収容室561は本発明に係る第二収容室の実施の一形態である。第二収容室561は副ケース部材560の内部に形成された空間である。
 第二収容室561は副ケース部材560の基端部(副ケース部材560と副回動部材570とが回動可能に連結される位置に近い方の端部)において開口しており、当該開口している部分が第二開口部561aを成す。すなわち、第二収容室561は第二開口部561aを有する。第二開口部561aは本発明に係る第二開口部の実施の一形態である。
 図66に示す如く、第二収容室561の内周面にはガイド溝561b・561bが形成される。ガイド溝561b・561bは第二収容室561の第二開口部561aから第二収容室561の奥に向かって(副ケース部材560の基端部から先端部に向かって)延びた溝である。
The second storage chamber 561 is an embodiment of the second storage chamber according to the present invention. The second storage chamber 561 is a space formed inside the sub case member 560.
The second storage chamber 561 opens at the base end portion of the sub case member 560 (the end portion closer to the position where the sub case member 560 and the sub rotation member 570 are rotatably connected), and the opening. The part which has formed the 2nd opening part 561a. That is, the second storage chamber 561 has a second opening 561a. The second opening 561a is an embodiment of the second opening according to the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 66, guide grooves 561b and 561b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561. The guide grooves 561b and 561b are grooves extending from the second opening 561a of the second storage chamber 561 toward the back of the second storage chamber 561 (from the base end portion of the sub case member 560 toward the distal end portion).
 図61に示す如く、副ケース部材560には突出部562が形成される。突出部562は板状の部分である。
 突出部562の一端部は副ケース部材560の左側面(副ヒンジ部材502が複合機51の原稿圧着板53を本体52に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機51の左側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部562の他端部は副ケース部材560の左側面の左側方に突出している。
 図61および図63に示す如く、突出部562には貫通孔562a・562b・562cが形成される。貫通孔562a・562b・562cは突出部562の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
As shown in FIG. 61, the sub case member 560 is formed with a protruding portion 562. The protruding portion 562 is a plate-like portion.
One end of the protruding portion 562 is the left side surface of the sub case member 560 (the surface facing the left side of the multi-function device 51 when the sub hinge member 502 is rotatably connected to the document pressing plate 53 of the multi-function device 51). The other end portion of the protruding portion 562 protrudes to the left side of the left side surface of the sub case member 560.
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 63, the projecting portion 562 is formed with through holes 562a, 562b, and 562c. The through holes 562a, 562b, and 562c are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 562.
 図61に示す如く、副ケース部材560には突出部563が形成される。突出部563は板状の部分である。
 突出部563の一端部は副ケース部材560の右側面(副ヒンジ部材502が複合機51の原稿圧着板53を本体52に回動可能に連結したとき、複合機51の右側方に向く面)に繋がっており、突出部563の他端部は副ケース部材560の右側面の右側方に突出している。
 図61および図63に示す如く、突出部563には貫通孔563a・563b・563cが形成される。貫通孔563a・563b・563cは突出部563の一対の板面を貫通する孔である。
As shown in FIG. 61, the sub case member 560 is formed with a protruding portion 563. The protruding portion 563 is a plate-like portion.
One end of the projecting portion 563 is the right side surface of the sub case member 560 (the surface facing the right side of the multi-function device 51 when the sub hinge member 502 is rotatably connected to the document pressing plate 53 of the multi-function device 51). The other end portion of the protruding portion 563 protrudes to the right side of the right side surface of the sub case member 560.
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 63, the projecting portion 563 is formed with through holes 563a, 563b, and 563c. The through holes 563a, 563b, and 563c are holes that penetrate the pair of plate surfaces of the protruding portion 563.
 図61および図66に示す如く、副ケース部材560の基端部には突起部564、突起部565、突起部566および突起部567が形成される。
 突起部564は副ケース部材560の基端部かつ左端部となる位置に配置される突起であり、突起部565は副ケース部材560の基端部において突起部564の右側方かつ第二開口部561aの左側方となる位置に配置される突起であり、突起部566は副ケース部材560の基端部において第二開口部561aの右側方となる位置に配置される突起であり、突起部567は副ケース部材510の基端部かつ右端部となる位置(突起部566の右側方)に配置される突起である。
 突起部564には貫通孔564aが形成され、突起部565には貫通孔565aが形成され、突起部566には貫通孔566aが形成され、突起部567には貫通孔567aが形成される。
 貫通孔564a、貫通孔565a、貫通孔566aおよび貫通孔567aは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔564a、貫通孔565a、貫通孔566aおよび貫通孔567aを合わせたものは実質的に副ケース部材560の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔564a、貫通孔565a、貫通孔566aおよび貫通孔567aの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 66, a protrusion 564, a protrusion 565, a protrusion 566, and a protrusion 567 are formed at the base end portion of the sub case member 560.
The protrusion 564 is a protrusion that is disposed at a position that is a base end portion and a left end portion of the sub case member 560, and the protrusion portion 565 is a right side of the protrusion portion 564 and a second opening at the base end portion of the sub case member 560. The protrusion 566 is a protrusion disposed at a position on the left side of the second opening 561 a at the base end of the sub case member 560, and the protrusion 567. Is a protrusion disposed at a position (right side of the protrusion 566) which becomes the base end and right end of the sub case member 510.
A through hole 564 a is formed in the protrusion 564, a through hole 565 a is formed in the protrusion 565, a through hole 566 a is formed in the protrusion 566, and a through hole 567 a is formed in the protrusion 567.
The through hole 564a, the through hole 565a, the through hole 566a, and the through hole 567a are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through hole 564a, the through hole 565a, the through hole 566a, and the through hole 567a is substantially the sub case member 560. It penetrates from the left side to the right side.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through hole 564a, the through hole 565a, the through hole 566a, and the through hole 567a is parallel to the left-right direction.
 本実施形態では、貫通孔562a・562b・562cおよび貫通孔563a・563b・563cにネジ(不図示)を貫装し、当該ネジを原稿圧着板53の下面の後左端部に形成されたネジ穴(不図示)に螺装することにより、副ケース部材560が原稿圧着板53の下面において後左端部となる位置に固定される(図53参照)。 In the present embodiment, screws (not shown) are inserted through the through holes 562a, 562b, and 562c and the through holes 563a, 563b, and 563c, and the screws are formed at the rear left end of the lower surface of the document crimping plate 53. By screwing (not shown), the sub case member 560 is fixed to a position which becomes the rear left end portion on the lower surface of the original cover 53 (see FIG. 53).
 副回動部材570は本発明に係る第二副ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の副回動部材570は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図61、図64および図67に示す如く、副回動部材570は胴体部571、突起部572、突起部573および取り付け部574を有する。
The sub-rotating member 570 is an embodiment of the second sub-wing member according to the present invention.
The sub-rotating member 570 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 61, 64, and 67, the sub-rotating member 570 includes a body portion 571, a protrusion portion 572, a protrusion portion 573, and an attachment portion 574.
 胴体部571は副回動部材570の上半部を成す塊状の部分である。
 胴体部571には第二カム部571aが形成される。
 第二カム部571aは本発明に係る第二カム部の実施の一形態であり、胴体部571の上面の前端部から上方に向かって突出する塊状の部分である。
The body portion 571 is a massive portion that forms the upper half of the sub-rotating member 570.
A second cam portion 571 a is formed on the body portion 571.
The second cam portion 571a is an embodiment of the second cam portion according to the present invention, and is a massive portion protruding upward from the front end portion of the upper surface of the body portion 571.
 突起部572・573は胴体部571の基端部に形成される突起状の部分である。
 より詳細には、突起部572は胴体部571の上面における左端部から上方に向かって突出する板状の部分であり、突起部573は胴体部571の上面における右端部から上方に向かって突出する板状の部分である。
 図67に示す如く、突起部572には貫通孔572aが形成され、突起部573には貫通孔573aが形成される。
 貫通孔572aおよび貫通孔573aは一直線に並んで配置され、貫通孔572aおよび貫通孔573aを合わせたものは実質的に副回動部材570の左側面から右側面までを貫通する。
 貫通孔572aおよび貫通孔573aの長手方向(軸線方向)は左右方向に対して平行である。
The projecting portions 572 and 573 are projecting portions formed at the base end portion of the body portion 571.
More specifically, the protruding portion 572 is a plate-like portion that protrudes upward from the left end portion on the upper surface of the body portion 571, and the protruding portion 573 protrudes upward from the right end portion of the upper surface of the body portion 571. It is a plate-shaped part.
As shown in FIG. 67, the protrusion 572 is formed with a through hole 572a, and the protrusion 573 is formed with a through hole 573a.
The through hole 572a and the through hole 573a are arranged in a straight line, and the combination of the through hole 572a and the through hole 573a substantially penetrates from the left side surface to the right side surface of the sub-rotating member 570.
The longitudinal direction (axial direction) of the through hole 572a and the through hole 573a is parallel to the left-right direction.
 取り付け部574は副回動部材570の下半部を成す部分である。
 図67に示す如く、本実施形態の取り付け部574は上下方向に延びた概ね直方体形状の部分である。取り付け部574の上端部は胴体部571の下面に繋がっている。
The attachment portion 574 is a portion that forms the lower half of the sub-rotating member 570.
As shown in FIG. 67, the attachment portion 574 of the present embodiment is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion extending in the vertical direction. The upper end portion of the attachment portion 574 is connected to the lower surface of the body portion 571.
 本実施形態では、本体52の上面において左後端部となる位置に形成された平面視略正方形状の穴(不図示)に取り付け部574を嵌装することにより、副回動部材570が本体52に固定される(図53参照)。 In the present embodiment, the sub-rotation member 570 is mounted on the main body 52 by fitting the mounting portion 574 into a hole (not shown) having a substantially square shape in plan view formed at a position to be the left rear end portion on the upper surface of the main body 52. 52 (see FIG. 53).
 回動ピン580は本発明に係る回動軸の実施の一形態である。
 図61および図63に示す如く、本実施形態の回動ピン580は胴体部581および頭部582を有し、胴体部581の一端部(先端部)にカシメ穴581aが形成される金属製の部材である。
 本実施形態の回動ピン580の基本的な構成は図8に示す回動ピン130と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
 図63に示す如く、回動ピン580の胴体部531を左から順に貫通孔564a、貫通孔572a、貫通孔565a、貫通孔566a、貫通孔573aおよび貫通孔567aに貫装することにより、副回動部材570は回動ピン580を介して副ケース部材560に回動可能に連結され、ひいては、副ヒンジ部材502により原稿圧着板53(の下面において後左端部となる部分)が本体52(の上面において後左端部となる部分)に回動可能に連結される。
 なお、主ヒンジ部材501および副ヒンジ部材502が本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結したとき、主ヒンジ部材501の回動ピン530の軸線および副ヒンジ部材502の回動ピン580の軸線は一直線となる。
The rotation pin 580 is an embodiment of the rotation shaft according to the present invention.
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 63, the rotation pin 580 of the present embodiment has a body portion 581 and a head portion 582, and is made of metal in which a crimping hole 581a is formed at one end portion (tip portion) of the body portion 581. It is a member.
The basic configuration of the rotation pin 580 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the rotation pin 130 shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 63, the body portion 531 of the rotation pin 580 is inserted through the through hole 564a, the through hole 572a, the through hole 565a, the through hole 566a, the through hole 573a, and the through hole 567a in this order from the left. The moving member 570 is pivotally connected to the sub case member 560 via the pivot pin 580, and as a result, the sub-hinge member 502 causes the document crimping plate 53 (the portion serving as the rear left end on the lower surface thereof) to move to the main body 52 (of the main body 52). The upper surface of the upper surface is connected to the rear left end portion in a rotatable manner.
When the main hinge member 501 and the sub hinge member 502 are connected to the main body 52 so as to be able to rotate the document crimping plate 53, the axis of the rotation pin 530 of the main hinge member 501 and the rotation pin 580 of the sub hinge member 502 are connected. The axis is a straight line.
 図62および図65に示す如く、副回動部材570が回動ピン580を介して副ケース部材560に回動可能に連結されたとき、第二カム部571aは副ケース部材560に形成された第二収容室561の第二開口部561aに対向する。 As shown in FIGS. 62 and 65, when the sub-rotating member 570 is rotatably connected to the sub-case member 560 via the rotating pin 580, the second cam portion 571a is formed in the sub-case member 560. It faces the second opening 561a of the second storage chamber 561.
 第二スライダ590は本発明に係る第二スライド部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ590は樹脂製であり、射出成形により製造される。
 図61および図65に示す如く、第二スライダ590には当接面591、ガイド突起592・592およびバネ受け穴593が形成される。
 本実施形態の第二スライダ590の基本的な構成は図51に示す第二スライダ460と略同じであるため説明を省略する。
The second slider 590 is an embodiment of the second slide member according to the present invention.
The second slider 590 of this embodiment is made of resin and is manufactured by injection molding.
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 65, the second slider 590 is formed with a contact surface 591, guide protrusions 592 and 592, and a spring receiving hole 593.
The basic configuration of the second slider 590 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the second slider 460 shown in FIG.
 図65に示す如く、第二スライダ590は副ケース部材560の第二収容室561に収容される。
 第二収容室561に収容された第二スライダ590は第二収容室561の内周面に当接する。また、第二収容室561に収容された第二スライダ590は第二開口部561aから突出する方向および第二収容室561の内部(奥部)に没入する方向に移動可能である。
 より詳細には、第二スライダ590の四つの側面のうちの一つに形成されたガイド突起592・592が第二収容室561の内周面に形成されたガイド溝561b・561bに摺動可能に係合する(図61および図66参照)。
As shown in FIG. 65, the second slider 590 is housed in the second housing chamber 561 of the sub case member 560.
The second slider 590 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 561 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber 561. Further, the second slider 590 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 561 is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 561a and a direction of immersing in the interior (back part) of the second accommodation chamber 561.
More specifically, guide protrusions 592 and 592 formed on one of the four side surfaces of the second slider 590 are slidable in guide grooves 561b and 561b formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561. (See FIGS. 61 and 66).
 第二スライダ590の外周面と第二収容室561の内周面との当接部分には、グリスが塗布される。換言すれば、第二スライダ590と第二収容室561の内周面との隙間(ガイド突起592・592とガイド溝561b・561bとの隙間を含む)にはグリスが配置される。
 第二スライダ590と第二収容室561の内周面との隙間に配置されるグリスは本発明に係る粘性体の実施の一形態である。
Grease is applied to a contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561. In other words, the grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561 (including the gap between the guide protrusions 592 and 592 and the guide grooves 561b and 561b).
The grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561 is an embodiment of the viscous body according to the present invention.
 第二バネ599は本発明に係る第二付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
 本実施形態の第二バネ599は金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(圧縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
 図65に示す如く、第二バネ599は副ケース部材560の第二収容室561に収容される。
 第二収容室561に収容された第二バネ599の一端部は第二収容室561の底面に当接し、第二バネ599の他端部は第二スライダ590のバネ受け穴593に収容されるとともにバネ受け穴593の内部に形成された段差面に当接する。
 従って、第二バネ599は第二スライダ590を第二収容室561の第二開口部561aから突出する方向に付勢する。
The second spring 599 is an embodiment of the second urging member according to the present invention.
The second spring 599 of this embodiment is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a compressed state).
As shown in FIG. 65, the second spring 599 is housed in the second housing chamber 561 of the sub case member 560.
One end of the second spring 599 accommodated in the second accommodation chamber 561 contacts the bottom surface of the second accommodation chamber 561, and the other end of the second spring 599 is accommodated in the spring receiving hole 593 of the second slider 590. At the same time, it abuts against a step surface formed inside the spring receiving hole 593.
Accordingly, the second spring 599 biases the second slider 590 in a direction protruding from the second opening 561a of the second storage chamber 561.
 以下では、図52、図58および図65を用いて原稿圧着板53を閉じるときのヒンジ500の挙動について説明する。
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板53が完全に閉じたとき、すなわち原稿圧着板53の下面が本体52の上面に当接しているときの原稿圧着板53の回動角度θ(本体52に対する原稿圧着板53の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板53が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板53の回動角度θを定義する(図52参照)。
Hereinafter, the behavior of the hinge 500 when the original cover 53 is closed will be described with reference to FIGS. 52, 58, and 65.
In the present embodiment, when the original cover 53 is completely closed, that is, when the lower surface of the original cover 53 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 52, the rotation angle θ of the original press plate 53 (the original press plate relative to the main body 52). The rotation angle θ of 53 is “0 °”, and the original pressure plate 53 is increased so that the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive) when the original pressure plate 53 is rotated in the opening direction. Is defined (see FIG. 52).
 本実施形態では、原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが18°以上(θ≧18°)の場合には原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属し、原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが18°未満(0°≦θ<18°)の場合には原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属する。 In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 53 is 18 ° or more (θ ≧ 18 °), the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “free stop region”, and the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 53 is. Is less than 18 ° (0 ° ≦ θ <18 °), the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”.
 本実施形態における「フリーストップ領域」は、(A5)「原稿圧着板53の重量に起因して回動ピン530を中心として主ケース部材510に作用する回転力(モーメント)」と(B5)「第一バネ549の付勢力に起因して回動ピン530を中心として主ケース部材510に作用する回転力(モーメント)」とが平衡する領域である。 The “free stop region” in the present embodiment includes (A5) “rotational force (moment) acting on the main case member 510 around the rotation pin 530 due to the weight of the original cover 53” and (B5) “ This is a region where the rotational force (moment) acting on the main case member 510 around the rotation pin 530 due to the biasing force of the first spring 549 is balanced.
 原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、主回動部材520の第一カム部521aは第一スライダ540の当接部541の当接面541aに当接する(図58参照)。
 また、原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、副回動部材570の第二カム部571aは第二スライダ590から離間しており、第二スライダ590に当接しない(図65参照)。
When the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “free stop region”, the first cam portion 521a of the main rotating member 520 comes into contact with the contact surface 541a of the contact portion 541 of the first slider 540 (see FIG. 58).
When the original cover 53 belongs to the “free stop area”, the second cam portion 571a of the sub-rotating member 570 is separated from the second slider 590 and does not contact the second slider 590 (see FIG. 65). ).
 原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板53が閉じる方向に回動した場合、(A5)の回転力は増大する。
 一方、原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板53が閉じる方向に回動した場合、主ケース部材510が主回動部材520に対して(副ケース部材560が副回動部材570に対して)右側面視で時計回りに回動し、主回動部材520の第一カム部521aと第一スライダ540の当接部541の当接面541aとの当接部位が変化し、第一スライダ540は第一収容室511の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
 第一スライダ540が第一収容室511の内部に没入する方向に移動することにより、第一バネ549は圧縮され(第一バネ549の全長は小さくなり)、第一バネ549の付勢力が増大し、(B5)の回転力が増大する。
 その結果、原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが変化しても(A5)の回転力と(B5)の回転力とが平衡する。より厳密には、原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが変化しても(A5)の回転力と(B5)の回転力とが平衡するように第一カム部521aおよび当接部541の形状が予め設定される。
 従って、原稿圧着板53が「フリーストップ領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板53から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板53の回動角度θは保持される。
When the document crimping plate 53 is rotated in the closing direction while the document crimping plate 53 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotational force in (A5) increases.
On the other hand, when the document crimping plate 53 is rotated in the closing direction while the document crimping plate 53 belongs to the “free stop area”, the main case member 510 is moved relative to the main rotating member 520 (the subcase member 560 is The contact portion between the first cam portion 521a of the main rotation member 520 and the contact surface 541a of the contact portion 541 of the first slider 540 is rotated clockwise as viewed from the right side (with respect to the moving member 570). As a result, the first slider 540 moves in a direction to be immersed in the first storage chamber 511.
As the first slider 540 moves in the direction of immersing into the first storage chamber 511, the first spring 549 is compressed (the overall length of the first spring 549 is reduced), and the biasing force of the first spring 549 is increased. Then, the rotational force of (B5) increases.
As a result, when the document crimping plate 53 belongs to the “free stop region”, the rotational force (A5) and the rotational force (B5) are balanced even if the rotation angle θ of the document crimping plate 53 changes. More precisely, when the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “free stop region”, even if the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 53 changes, the rotational force (A5) and the rotational force (B5) are balanced. The shapes of the first cam portion 521a and the contact portion 541 are preset.
Therefore, when the operator releases his / her hand from the original cover 53 when the original cover 53 belongs to the “free stop area”, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 53 is maintained.
 本実施形態における「落下領域」は(A5)の回転力が(B5)の回転力よりも大きくなる領域である。
 原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するときに作業者が原稿圧着板53から手を離した場合、原稿圧着板53は自重(厳密には、(A5)の回転力と(B5)の回転力との差分)により閉じる方向に回動する。
The “falling area” in the present embodiment is an area where the rotational force of (A5) is larger than the rotational force of (B5).
When the operator releases his / her hand from the original pressure bonding plate 53 when the original pressure bonding plate 53 belongs to the “falling area”, the original pressure bonding plate 53 has its own weight (strictly speaking, the rotational force of (A5) and the rotation of (B5)). It rotates in the closing direction by the difference between the force and the force.
 原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するとき、主回動部材520の第一カム部521aは第一スライダ540の当接部541の当接面541aに当接する。
 しかし、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するとき、原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが変化しても主ケース部材510に対する第一スライダ540の位置が変化しない。より厳密には、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するときには原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが変化しても主ケース部材510に対する第一スライダ540の位置が変化しないように第一カム部521aおよび当接部541の形状が予め設定される。
 その結果、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するときには(B5)の回転力は実質的にゼロとなり、(A5)の回転力が(B5)の回転力よりも大きくなる。
When the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam portion 521a of the main rotating member 520 comes into contact with the contact surface 541a of the contact portion 541 of the first slider 540.
However, when the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the position of the first slider 540 with respect to the main case member 510 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the document pressing plate 53 changes. More precisely, when the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the first cam so that the position of the first slider 540 relative to the main case member 510 does not change even if the rotation angle θ of the original cover 53 changes. The shapes of the part 521a and the contact part 541 are preset.
As a result, when the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the rotational force in (B5) is substantially zero, and the rotational force in (A5) is greater than the rotational force in (B5).
 原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するとき、副回動部材570の第二カム部571aは第二スライダ590の当接面591に当接する。
 従って、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板53が閉じる方向に回動した場合、副ケース部材560が副回動部材570に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動し、副回動部材570の第二カム部571aと第二スライダ590の当接面591との当接部位が変化し、第二スライダ590は第二収容室561の内部に没入する方向に移動する。
When the document pressing plate 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 571 a of the sub-rotating member 570 contacts the contact surface 591 of the second slider 590.
Accordingly, when the original cover 53 is turned in the closing direction while the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”, the sub case member 560 rotates clockwise with respect to the sub turn member 570 in the right side view. Then, the contact portion between the second cam portion 571a of the sub-rotating member 570 and the contact surface 591 of the second slider 590 changes, and the second slider 590 moves in the direction of immersing into the second storage chamber 561. To do.
 第二スライダ590が第二収容室561の内部に没入する方向に移動するとき、第二スライダ590には第二スライダ590の外周面(四つの側面)と第二収容室561の内周面との当接部分に塗布されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が作用する。
 従って、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するときには、(A5)の回転力の一部がグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力により相殺され、原稿圧着板53が閉じる方向に回動する速度が遅くなる(緩和される)。
 その結果、原稿圧着板53は本体52の上面に柔らかく当接するので、原稿圧着板53は緩やかかつ確実に閉じられる。
When the second slider 590 moves in the direction of immersing into the second storage chamber 561, the second slider 590 includes an outer peripheral surface (four side surfaces) of the second slider 590 and an inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561. Resistive force due to the viscous resistance of the grease applied to the abutting portion acts.
Therefore, when the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”, a part of the rotational force (A5) is offset by the resistance force due to the viscous resistance of the grease, and the speed at which the original cover 53 rotates in the closing direction. Becomes slower (relaxed).
As a result, the original cover 53 is softly in contact with the upper surface of the main body 52, so that the original cover 53 is gently and reliably closed.
 なお、作業者が原稿圧着板53を手で持って原稿圧着板53を開く方向に回動させた場合、第二スライダ590は、第二バネ599の付勢力によりグリスの粘性抵抗に抗して第二開口部561aから突出する方向に移動するので、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属するときには「副回動部材570の第二カム部571aが第二スライダ590の当接面591に当接した状態」が保持される。 When the operator holds the document crimping plate 53 by hand and rotates the document crimping plate 53 in the opening direction, the second slider 590 resists the viscous resistance of grease by the urging force of the second spring 599. Since it moves in a direction protruding from the second opening 561 a, when the document crimping plate 53 belongs to the “falling region”, “the second cam portion 571 a of the sub-rotating member 570 contacts the contact surface 591 of the second slider 590. "Contact state" is maintained.
 以上の如く、ヒンジ500は、
 本体52に原稿圧着板53を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
 主ヒンジ部材501と、
 主ヒンジ部材501に対して別体となる副ヒンジ部材502と、
 を具備し、
 主ヒンジ部材501は、
 第一開口部511aを有する第一収容室511が形成され、原稿圧着板53に固定される主ケース部材510と、
 本体52に固定され、主ケース部材510に回動可能に連結される主回動部材520と、
 第一収容室511に収容され、第一収容室511の内周面に当接しつつ第一開口部511aから突出する方向および第一収容室511の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ540と、
 第一収容室511に収容され、第一スライダ540を第一開口部511aから突出する方向に付勢する第一バネ549と、
 を具備し、
 主回動部材520には、第一スライダ540に当接する第一カム部521aが形成され、
 副ヒンジ部材502は、
 第二開口部561aを有する第二収容室561が形成され、原稿圧着板53に固定される副ケース部材560と、
 本体52に固定され、副ケース部材560に回動可能に連結される副回動部材570と、
 第二収容室561に収容され、第二収容室561の内周面に当接しつつ第二開口部561aから突出する方向および第二収容室561の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライダ590と、
 第二収容室561に収容され、第二スライダ590を第二開口部561aから突出する方向に付勢する第二バネ599と、
 を具備し、
 副回動部材570には、第二スライダ590に当接する第二カム部571aが形成され、
 第二スライダ590と第二収容室561の内周面との隙間にはグリスが配置される。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板53を緩やかかつ確実に閉じることが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 500 is
A hinge for connecting the document pressing plate 53 to the main body 52 so as to be openable and closable;
A main hinge member 501;
A sub hinge member 502 which is a separate body from the main hinge member 501;
Comprising
The main hinge member 501
A first case chamber 511 having a first opening 511a is formed, and a main case member 510 fixed to the document pressing plate 53;
A main rotating member 520 fixed to the main body 52 and rotatably connected to the main case member 510;
A first slider accommodated in the first accommodation chamber 511 and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening 511a and a direction immersing into the first accommodation chamber 511 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first accommodation chamber 511 540,
A first spring 549 housed in the first housing chamber 511 and biasing the first slider 540 in a direction protruding from the first opening 511a;
Comprising
The main rotating member 520 is formed with a first cam portion 521a that contacts the first slider 540.
The sub hinge member 502 is
A second housing chamber 561 having a second opening 561a is formed, and a sub case member 560 fixed to the original pressure plate 53;
A sub-rotating member 570 fixed to the main body 52 and rotatably connected to the sub-case member 560;
A second slider housed in the second housing chamber 561 and movable in a direction protruding from the second opening 561a and a direction immersing into the second housing chamber 561 while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the second housing chamber 561. 590,
A second spring 599 housed in the second housing chamber 561 and biasing the second slider 590 in a direction protruding from the second opening 561a;
Comprising
The sub-rotating member 570 is formed with a second cam portion 571a that contacts the second slider 590,
Grease is disposed in the gap between the second slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561.
With this configuration, the original cover 53 can be closed gently and reliably.
 また、ヒンジ500は、複合機51の原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属する状態で(「落下領域」内で)回動するとき、副ケース部材560に対する第二スライダ590の回動角度当たりの移動量が主ケース部材510に対する第一スライダ540の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい。
 このように構成することにより、原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属する状態では第二スライダ590が第一スライダ540よりも大きく移動することとなり、第二スライダ590と第二収容室561の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A5)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として有効に利用することが可能である。
Further, when the original cover 53 of the multi-function peripheral 51 rotates in the “falling area” (within the “falling area”), the hinge 500 is rotated per rotation angle of the second slider 590 relative to the sub case member 560. Is larger than the amount of movement of the first slider 540 per rotation angle with respect to the main case member 510.
With this configuration, the second slider 590 moves more than the first slider 540 in a state where the original cover 53 belongs to the “falling region”, and the second slider 590 and the second storage chamber 561 are moved inside. It is possible to effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease arranged in the gap with the peripheral surface as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A5).
 本実施形態では原稿圧着板53が「落下領域」に属する状態で原稿圧着板53の回動角度θが小さくなるとき、第二カム部571aは副ケース部材560に対して相対的には概ね上方に移動する。
 このとき、副ケース部材560に対する第二カム部571aの相対的な移動方向に対して緩く傾斜した(副ケース部材560に対する第二カム部571aの相対的な移動方向に対して垂直でないが垂直に近い角度を成す)当接面591が第二カム部571a当接するため、第二スライダ590は副ケース部材560に対する第二カム部571aの相対的な移動方向に対して概ね垂直な方向である前方に移動する。
 このように構成することにより、副ケース部材560に対する第二カム部571aの相対的な移動量よりも副ケース部材560に対する第二スライダ590の移動量を大きく設定することが可能であり、第二スライダ590と第二収容室561の内周面との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A5)の回転力の一部を相殺する力として更に有効に利用することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 53 is small with the original cover 53 belonging to the “falling region”, the second cam portion 571a is substantially upward relative to the sub case member 560. Move to.
At this time, the second cam portion 571a is inclined gently with respect to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 571a with respect to the sub case member 560 (although not perpendicular to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 571a with respect to the sub case member 560). Since the contact surface 591 (which forms a close angle) contacts the second cam portion 571a, the second slider 590 is a front that is substantially perpendicular to the relative movement direction of the second cam portion 571a with respect to the sub case member 560. Move to.
With this configuration, the movement amount of the second slider 590 relative to the sub case member 560 can be set larger than the relative movement amount of the second cam portion 571a relative to the sub case member 560. It is possible to more effectively use the resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561 as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A5). Is possible.
 本実施形態では主ヒンジ部材501の主ケース部材510を原稿圧着板53に固定するとともに主回動部材520を本体52に固定し、かつ副ヒンジ部材502の副ケース部材560を原稿圧着板53に固定するとともに副回動部材570を本体52に固定することによりヒンジ500が本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、主ヒンジ部材501の主ケース部材510を原稿圧着板53に固定するとともに主回動部材520を本体52に固定し、かつ副ヒンジ部材502の副ケース部材560を本体52に固定するとともに副回動部材570を原稿圧着板53に固定することによりヒンジ500が本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結しても良い。
 また、主ヒンジ部材501の主ケース部材510を本体52に固定するとともに主回動部材520を原稿圧着板53に固定し、かつ副ヒンジ部材502の副ケース部材560を原稿圧着板53に固定するとともに副回動部材570を本体52に固定することによりヒンジ500が本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結しても良い。
 また、主ヒンジ部材501の主ケース部材510を本体52に固定するとともに主回動部材520を原稿圧着板53に固定し、かつ副ヒンジ部材502の副ケース部材560を本体52に固定するとともに副回動部材570を原稿圧着板53に固定することによりヒンジ500が本体52に原稿圧着板53を回動可能に連結しても良い。
In this embodiment, the main case member 510 of the main hinge member 501 is fixed to the original cover plate 53, the main rotating member 520 is fixed to the main body 52, and the sub case member 560 of the sub hinge member 502 is fixed to the original cover plate 53. While fixing and fixing the sub-rotating member 570 to the main body 52, the hinge 500 connects the original cover 53 to the main body 52 so as to be rotatable, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, the main case member 510 of the main hinge member 501 is fixed to the document pressing plate 53, the main rotating member 520 is fixed to the main body 52, and the sub case member 560 of the sub hinge member 502 is fixed to the main body 52 and The hinge 500 may be connected to the main body 52 so as to be rotatable by fixing the rotating member 570 to the original pressing plate 53.
Further, the main case member 510 of the main hinge member 501 is fixed to the main body 52, the main rotating member 520 is fixed to the original cover plate 53, and the sub case member 560 of the sub hinge member 502 is fixed to the original cover plate 53. At the same time, the sub-rotating member 570 may be fixed to the main body 52 so that the hinge 500 connects the original pressing plate 53 to the main body 52 in a rotatable manner.
In addition, the main case member 510 of the main hinge member 501 is fixed to the main body 52, the main rotating member 520 is fixed to the document pressing plate 53, and the sub case member 560 of the sub hinge member 502 is fixed to the main body 52, and The hinge 500 may be connected to the main body 52 so as to be rotatable by fixing the rotating member 570 to the original pressing plate 53.
 本実施形態では、副ケース部材560の第二収容室561の内周面にガイド溝561b・561bを形成するとともに第二スライダ590の外周面にガイド突起592・592を形成することにより、第二スライダ590の外周面と第二収容室561の内周面との当接部分の面積を大きくし、ひいては第二スライダ590と第二収容室561との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力を(A5)の回転力の一部を相殺する力としてより有効に利用することが可能である。 In the present embodiment, the guide grooves 561b and 561b are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561 of the sub case member 560, and the guide protrusions 592 and 592 are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the second slider 590. The area of the contact portion between the outer peripheral surface of the slider 590 and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber 561 is increased, and as a result, the viscosity resistance of the grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 590 and the second storage chamber 561 is caused. It is possible to more effectively use the resisting force as a force that cancels a part of the rotational force of (A5).
 本実施形態は、「落下領域」において第二スライダ590と第二収容室561との隙間に配置されたグリスの粘性抵抗に起因する抵抗力が主ケース部材510に作用する「原稿圧着板53を閉じる方向の回転力((A5)の回転力)」の一部を相殺するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、第二スライダ590と第二収容室561との隙間を更に狭くする(グリスが配置される場合よりも狭くする)ことにより、「落下領域」において第二スライダ590と第二収容室561との隙間(当接部分)に摩擦力を発生させ、当該摩擦力が主ケース部材510に作用する「原稿圧着板53を閉じる方向の回転力」の一部を相殺しても良い。
In the present embodiment, in the “falling region”, a resistance force caused by the viscous resistance of grease disposed in the gap between the second slider 590 and the second storage chamber 561 acts on the main case member 510. A part of the “rotational force in the closing direction (rotational force of (A5))” is offset, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, by further narrowing the gap between the second slider 590 and the second storage chamber 561 (smaller than when grease is disposed), the second slider 590 and the second storage chamber 561 in the “fall region” A frictional force may be generated in the gap (abutting portion), and the frictional force may cancel a part of the “rotating force in the direction of closing the document pressing plate 53” acting on the main case member 510.
 本実施形態のヒンジ500は一つの主ヒンジ部材501および一つの副ヒンジ部材502を具備するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
 例えば、ヒンジ500が二つの主ヒンジ部材501・501および一つの副ヒンジ部材502を具備しても良く、ヒンジ500が一つの主ヒンジ部材501および二つの副ヒンジ部材502・502を具備しても良い。すなわち、本発明に係るヒンジは、主ヒンジ部材を少なくとも一つ(一つ以上)具備し、かつ、副ヒンジ部材を少なくとも一つ(一つ以上)具備すれば良い。
Although the hinge 500 of this embodiment includes one main hinge member 501 and one sub hinge member 502, the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, the hinge 500 may include two main hinge members 501 and 501 and one sub hinge member 502, and the hinge 500 may include one main hinge member 501 and two sub hinge members 502 and 502. good. That is, the hinge according to the present invention may include at least one (one or more) main hinge members and at least one (one or more) sub hinge members.
 本発明は、例えば事務機器の本体に事務機器の原稿圧着板を開閉可能に連結する等、第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジに適用可能である。 The present invention can be applied to a hinge that connects the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable, for example, to connect the original pressure plate of the office equipment to the main body of the office equipment.

Claims (20)

  1.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室および第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first storage chamber having a first opening and a second storage chamber having a second opening are formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge in which a viscous body is disposed in a gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  2.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項1に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 1, wherein the hinge is larger than an amount of movement per angle.
  3.  前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の周方向に並んで配置され、
     前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の周方向に並んで配置される請求項1または請求項2に記載のヒンジ。
    The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
    The hinge according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in a circumferential direction of the rotation shaft.
  4.  前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置され、
     前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置される請求項1または請求項2に記載のヒンジ。
    The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
    The hinge according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in an axial direction of the rotation shaft.
  5.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     主開口部を有する主収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     副開口部を有する副収容室が形成され、前記主収容室に収容され、前記主収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記主開口部から突出する方向および前記主収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記主収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記主開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記副収容室に収容され、前記副収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記副開口部から突出する方向および前記副収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記副収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記副開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記副収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first wing member formed with a main accommodating chamber having a main opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
    A sub-accommodating chamber having a sub-opening is formed, is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber, and enters the main accommodating chamber in a direction protruding from the main opening while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the main accommodating chamber. A first slide member movable in a direction;
    A first biasing member housed in the main housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the main opening;
    A second slide member accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening and a direction of immersing in the sub-accommodating chamber while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber;
    A second biasing member housed in the sub-accommodating chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the sub-opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge in which a viscous body is disposed in a gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber.
  6.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一スライド部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項5に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first slide member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 5, wherein the hinge is larger than an amount of movement per angle.
  7.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
     前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first housing member having a first opening is formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member having a second opening is formed, is fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object, and is rotatably connected to the first wing member. When,
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
    The first wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge in which a viscous body is disposed in a gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  8.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第二ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項7に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates in the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the second wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 7, wherein the hinge is larger than a moving amount per angle.
  9.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     主ヒンジ部材と、
     前記主ヒンジ部材に対して別体となる副ヒンジ部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記主ヒンジ部材は、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一主ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一主ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二主ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二主ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
     前記副ヒンジ部材は、
     第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一副ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一副ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二副ウイング部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二副ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との隙間には粘性体が配置されるヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A main hinge member;
    A sub hinge member separate from the main hinge member;
    Comprising
    The main hinge member is
    A first main wing member formed with a first storage chamber having a first opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second main wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first main wing member;
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    Comprising
    The second main wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
    The sub hinge member is
    A second sub-wing member formed with a second storage chamber having a second opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second sub wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first sub wing member;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second sub wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge in which a viscous body is disposed in a gap between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  10.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一副ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一主ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項9に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first sub wing member per rotation angle is that of the first slide member relative to the first main wing member. The hinge according to claim 9, wherein the hinge is larger than a movement amount per rotation angle.
  11.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室および第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first storage chamber having a first opening and a second storage chamber having a second opening are formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge that generates a frictional force at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  12.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項11に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 11, wherein the hinge is larger than an amount of movement per angle.
  13.  前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の周方向に並んで配置され、
     前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の周方向に並んで配置される請求項11または請求項12に記載のヒンジ。
    The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
    The hinge according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in a circumferential direction of the rotation shaft.
  14.  前記第一開口部および前記第二開口部は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置され、
     前記第一カム部および前記第二カム部は前記回動軸の軸線方向に並んで配置される請求項11または請求項12に記載のヒンジ。
    The first opening and the second opening are arranged side by side in the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member,
    The hinge according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first cam portion and the second cam portion are arranged side by side in an axial direction of the rotation shaft.
  15.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     主開口部を有する主収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     副開口部を有する副収容室が形成され、前記主収容室に収容され、前記主収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記主開口部から突出する方向および前記主収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記主収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記主開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記副収容室に収容され、前記副収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記副開口部から突出する方向および前記副収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記副収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記副開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成されるとともに前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first wing member formed with a main accommodating chamber having a main opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first wing member;
    A sub-accommodating chamber having a sub-opening is formed, is accommodated in the main accommodating chamber, and enters the main accommodating chamber in a direction protruding from the main opening while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the main accommodating chamber. A first slide member movable in a direction;
    A first biasing member housed in the main housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the main opening;
    A second slide member accommodated in the sub-accommodating chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the sub-opening and a direction of immersing in the sub-accommodating chamber while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the sub-accommodating chamber;
    A second biasing member housed in the sub-accommodating chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the sub-opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member and a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge that generates a frictional force at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  16.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一スライド部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項15に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first slide member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 15, wherein the hinge is larger than an amount of movement per angle.
  17.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
     第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
     前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A first housing member having a first opening is formed, and a first wing member fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second wing member having a second opening is formed, is fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object, and is rotatably connected to the first wing member. When,
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
    The first wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge that generates a frictional force at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  18.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第二ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項17に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the second wing member per rotation angle is the rotation of the first slide member relative to the first wing member. The hinge according to claim 17, wherein the hinge is larger than an amount of movement per angle.
  19.  第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジであって、
     主ヒンジ部材と、
     前記主ヒンジ部材に対して別体となる副ヒンジ部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記主ヒンジ部材は、
     第一開口部を有する第一収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一主ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一主ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二主ウイング部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第一開口部から突出する方向および前記第一収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第一スライド部材と、
     前記第一収容室に収容され、前記第一スライド部材を前記第一開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第一付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二主ウイング部材には、前記第一スライド部材に当接する第一カム部が形成され、
     前記副ヒンジ部材は、
     第二開口部を有する第二収容室が形成され、前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の一方に固定される第一副ウイング部材と、
     前記第一連結対象物および前記第二連結対象物の他方に固定され、前記第一副ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される第二副ウイング部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二収容室の内周面に当接しつつ前記第二開口部から突出する方向および前記第二収容室の内部に没入する方向に移動可能な第二スライド部材と、
     前記第二収容室に収容され、前記第二スライド部材を前記第二開口部から突出する方向に付勢する第二付勢部材と、
     を具備し、
     前記第二副ウイング部材には、前記第二スライド部材に当接する第二カム部が形成され、
     前記第二スライド部材と前記第二収容室の内周面との当接部分には摩擦力が発生するヒンジ。
    A hinge for connecting the second connection object to the first connection object so as to be openable and closable,
    A main hinge member;
    A sub hinge member separate from the main hinge member;
    Comprising
    The main hinge member is
    A first main wing member formed with a first storage chamber having a first opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second main wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first main wing member;
    A first slide received in the first storage chamber and movable in a direction protruding from the first opening and a direction of immersing in the first storage chamber while contacting the inner peripheral surface of the first storage chamber Members,
    A first biasing member housed in the first housing chamber and biasing the first slide member in a direction protruding from the first opening;
    Comprising
    The second main wing member is formed with a first cam portion that contacts the first slide member,
    The sub hinge member is
    A second sub-wing member formed with a second storage chamber having a second opening and fixed to one of the first connection object and the second connection object;
    A second sub wing member fixed to the other of the first connection object and the second connection object and rotatably connected to the first sub wing member;
    A second slide that is accommodated in the second accommodation chamber and is movable in a direction protruding from the second opening and a direction of immersing in the second accommodation chamber while abutting the inner peripheral surface of the second accommodation chamber. Members,
    A second biasing member housed in the second housing chamber and biasing the second slide member in a direction protruding from the second opening;
    Comprising
    The second sub wing member is formed with a second cam portion that contacts the second slide member,
    A hinge that generates a frictional force at a contact portion between the second slide member and the inner peripheral surface of the second storage chamber.
  20.  前記第二連結対象物が落下領域内で回動するとき、前記第一副ウイング部材に対する前記第二スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量は前記第一主ウイング部材に対する前記第一スライド部材の回動角度当たりの移動量よりも大きい請求項19に記載のヒンジ。 When the second connection object rotates within the fall region, the amount of movement of the second slide member relative to the first sub wing member per rotation angle is that of the first slide member relative to the first main wing member. The hinge according to claim 19, wherein the hinge is larger than a movement amount per rotation angle.
PCT/JP2010/070885 2009-11-27 2010-11-24 Hinge WO2011065360A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201080053768.5A CN102687070B (en) 2009-11-27 2010-11-24 Hinge

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009-270780 2009-11-27
JP2009270780A JP5336334B2 (en) 2009-11-27 2009-11-27 Hinge

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011065360A1 true WO2011065360A1 (en) 2011-06-03

Family

ID=44066465

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/070885 WO2011065360A1 (en) 2009-11-27 2010-11-24 Hinge

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5336334B2 (en)
CN (2) CN102687070B (en)
WO (1) WO2011065360A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9986116B2 (en) 2015-12-01 2018-05-29 Seiko Epson Corporation Image scanning apparatus
EP3971032A1 (en) * 2020-09-21 2022-03-23 Hyundai Mobis Co., Ltd. Vehicle glove box assembly

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5512389B2 (en) * 2010-05-24 2014-06-04 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP5859247B2 (en) * 2011-08-29 2016-02-10 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
US10036548B2 (en) 2013-04-07 2018-07-31 Huizhou Kimree Technology Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch Electronic-cigarette box, LED light guide piece and box body
JP2015001619A (en) * 2013-06-14 2015-01-05 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
WO2015037829A1 (en) * 2013-09-12 2015-03-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Hinge assembly and image forming apparatus having the same
JP6492344B2 (en) * 2015-01-26 2019-04-03 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP6690086B2 (en) * 2015-02-13 2020-04-28 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
CN107605931B (en) * 2016-07-11 2019-08-06 德达金属有限公司 Link-type Fan Xian mechanism
JP6838449B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2021-03-03 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Document reader
JP7090862B2 (en) * 2017-05-30 2022-06-27 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Hinge device and office equipment using this hinge device
JP6916516B2 (en) * 2017-06-29 2021-08-11 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP7045685B2 (en) * 2017-11-20 2022-04-01 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Hinge and various devices using this hinge
JP7134470B2 (en) * 2018-06-26 2022-09-12 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Hinge and various devices using this hinge
JP2021179570A (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Hinge device and various types of apparatuses with hinge device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007186884A (en) * 2006-01-12 2007-07-26 Shimonishi Giken Kogyo Kk Hinge
JP2007221335A (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-30 Canon Finetech Inc Opening/closing apparatus, image reading apparatus and image forming apparatus
JP2007309381A (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-11-29 Kato Electrical Mach Co Ltd Hinge device and portable equipment
JP2008257167A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-10-23 Kato Electrical Mach Co Ltd Original pressing plate opening/closing device and office equipment equipped with original pressing plate
JP2009180055A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Panasonic Corp Hinge mechanism and image reading device
JP2009237046A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-10-15 Shimonishi Giken Kogyo Kk Hinge

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100202260B1 (en) * 1997-03-04 1999-06-15 우생윤 Automatic door colser unit
US6453804B1 (en) * 2001-02-09 2002-09-24 Mando Climate Control Corporation Hinge assembly for a door of kimchi storage device
JP4636826B2 (en) * 2004-07-30 2011-02-23 下西技研工業株式会社 Document crimping plate opening and closing device
JP4898215B2 (en) * 2005-12-27 2012-03-14 加藤電機株式会社 Document crimping plate opening and closing device and office equipment
GB0707594D0 (en) * 2007-04-19 2007-05-30 Ionoptika Ltd Freeze-fracture sample holder
JP4898538B2 (en) * 2007-04-19 2012-03-14 加藤電機株式会社 Document crimping plate opening and closing device and office equipment equipped with document crimping plate

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007186884A (en) * 2006-01-12 2007-07-26 Shimonishi Giken Kogyo Kk Hinge
JP2007221335A (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-30 Canon Finetech Inc Opening/closing apparatus, image reading apparatus and image forming apparatus
JP2007309381A (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-11-29 Kato Electrical Mach Co Ltd Hinge device and portable equipment
JP2008257167A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-10-23 Kato Electrical Mach Co Ltd Original pressing plate opening/closing device and office equipment equipped with original pressing plate
JP2009180055A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-13 Panasonic Corp Hinge mechanism and image reading device
JP2009237046A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-10-15 Shimonishi Giken Kogyo Kk Hinge

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9986116B2 (en) 2015-12-01 2018-05-29 Seiko Epson Corporation Image scanning apparatus
EP3971032A1 (en) * 2020-09-21 2022-03-23 Hyundai Mobis Co., Ltd. Vehicle glove box assembly
US11590899B2 (en) 2020-09-21 2023-02-28 Hyundai Mobis Co., Ltd. Vehicle glove box assembly

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102687070B (en) 2014-12-31
CN104539822A (en) 2015-04-22
CN102687070A (en) 2012-09-19
JP2011112967A (en) 2011-06-09
JP5336334B2 (en) 2013-11-06
CN104539822B (en) 2017-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5336334B2 (en) Hinge
JP5486333B2 (en) Hinge
JP6572471B2 (en) Hinge
JP2017111375A (en) Hinge
JP5770988B2 (en) Hinge
JP2016095430A (en) Hinge
US10382636B2 (en) Image reading apparatus
JP6642885B2 (en) Hinge
JP6690086B2 (en) Hinge
JP7114051B2 (en) hinge
JP6606731B2 (en) Hinge
JP6663208B2 (en) Hinge
JP7347786B2 (en) hinge
JP7264420B2 (en) hinge
JP6507396B2 (en) Hinge
WO2019117163A1 (en) Hinge
JP6398105B2 (en) Hinge
JP6738686B2 (en) Hinge
JP2022035090A (en) Hinge and electronic device having hinge
JP6916516B2 (en) Hinge
JP7015530B2 (en) Hinge
JP7283725B2 (en) hinge
JP2017142308A (en) Hinge
JP6484889B2 (en) Hinge
TWI830654B (en) Hinge and business machine using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080053768.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10833206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10833206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1